1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB. 2 3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 5 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 6 7 This file is part of GDB. 8 9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 12 (at your option) any later version. 13 14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 17 GNU General Public License for more details. 18 19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ 21 22 #include "defs.h" 23 #include "arch-utils.h" 24 #include <ctype.h> 25 #include "hashtab.h" 26 #include "symtab.h" 27 #include "frame.h" 28 #include "breakpoint.h" 29 #include "tracepoint.h" 30 #include "gdbtypes.h" 31 #include "expression.h" 32 #include "gdbcore.h" 33 #include "gdbcmd.h" 34 #include "value.h" 35 #include "command.h" 36 #include "inferior.h" 37 #include "gdbthread.h" 38 #include "target.h" 39 #include "language.h" 40 #include "gdb_string.h" 41 #include "demangle.h" 42 #include "annotate.h" 43 #include "symfile.h" 44 #include "objfiles.h" 45 #include "source.h" 46 #include "linespec.h" 47 #include "completer.h" 48 #include "gdb.h" 49 #include "ui-out.h" 50 #include "cli/cli-script.h" 51 #include "gdb_assert.h" 52 #include "block.h" 53 #include "solib.h" 54 #include "solist.h" 55 #include "observer.h" 56 #include "exceptions.h" 57 #include "memattr.h" 58 #include "ada-lang.h" 59 #include "top.h" 60 #include "wrapper.h" 61 #include "valprint.h" 62 #include "jit.h" 63 #include "xml-syscall.h" 64 #include "parser-defs.h" 65 66 /* readline include files */ 67 #include "readline/readline.h" 68 #include "readline/history.h" 69 70 /* readline defines this. */ 71 #undef savestring 72 73 #include "mi/mi-common.h" 74 75 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */ 76 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0) 77 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1) 78 79 /* Prototypes for local functions. */ 80 81 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int); 82 83 static void enable_once_command (char *, int); 84 85 static void disable_command (char *, int); 86 87 static void enable_command (char *, int); 88 89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *, 90 void *), 91 void *); 92 93 static void ignore_command (char *, int); 94 95 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *); 96 97 static void clear_command (char *, int); 98 99 static void catch_command (char *, int); 100 101 static void watch_command (char *, int); 102 103 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *); 104 105 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int); 106 107 static void mention (struct breakpoint *); 108 109 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */ 110 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 111 struct symtab_and_line, 112 enum bptype); 113 114 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int); 115 116 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 117 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, 118 enum bptype bptype); 119 120 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *, 121 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR, 122 struct obj_section *, int); 123 124 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, 125 CORE_ADDR addr1, 126 struct address_space *aspace2, 127 CORE_ADDR addr2); 128 129 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, 130 struct bp_location *loc2); 131 132 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int); 133 134 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int); 135 136 static int breakpoint_1 (int, int, int (*) (const struct breakpoint *)); 137 138 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat); 139 140 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *); 141 142 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *); 143 144 static void commands_command (char *, int); 145 146 static void condition_command (char *, int); 147 148 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int); 149 150 typedef enum 151 { 152 mark_inserted, 153 mark_uninserted 154 } 155 insertion_state_t; 156 157 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t); 158 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t); 159 160 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat); 161 162 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs); 163 164 static int watchpoint_check (void *); 165 166 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int); 167 168 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void); 169 170 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *); 171 172 static void hbreak_command (char *, int); 173 174 static void thbreak_command (char *, int); 175 176 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int); 177 178 static void rwatch_command (char *, int); 179 180 static void awatch_command (char *, int); 181 182 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp); 183 184 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 185 186 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 187 188 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 189 190 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg); 191 192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, 193 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty); 194 195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty); 196 197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s); 198 199 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void); 200 201 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *, 202 CORE_ADDR pc); 203 204 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc); 205 206 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt); 207 208 static void update_global_location_list (int); 209 210 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int); 211 212 static int bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th, 213 void *data); 214 215 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt); 216 217 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt); 218 219 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void); 220 221 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b); 222 223 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int); 224 225 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int); 226 227 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int); 228 229 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int); 230 231 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int); 232 233 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a 234 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */ 235 #define is_marker_spec(s) \ 236 (strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t')) 237 238 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple 239 breakpoints share a single command list. */ 240 struct counted_command_line 241 { 242 /* The reference count. */ 243 int refc; 244 245 /* The command list. */ 246 struct command_line *commands; 247 }; 248 249 struct command_line * 250 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b) 251 { 252 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL; 253 } 254 255 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the 256 current breakpoint. */ 257 258 static int breakpoint_proceeded; 259 260 static const char * 261 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp) 262 { 263 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent 264 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */ 265 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"}; 266 267 return bpdisps[(int) disp]; 268 } 269 270 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */ 271 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even 272 if such is available. */ 273 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints; 274 275 static void 276 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 277 struct cmd_list_element *c, 278 const char *value) 279 { 280 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ 281 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"), 282 value); 283 } 284 285 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints. 286 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints 287 for unrecognized breakpoint locations. 288 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */ 289 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support; 290 static void 291 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 292 struct cmd_list_element *c, 293 const char *value) 294 { 295 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ 296 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"), 297 value); 298 } 299 300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints 301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory. 302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically 303 use hardware breakpoints. */ 304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints; 305 static void 306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 307 struct cmd_list_element *c, 308 const char *value) 309 { 310 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ 311 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"), 312 value); 313 } 314 315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is 316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb 317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and 318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON 319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/ 320 321 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto"; 322 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on"; 323 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off"; 324 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = { 325 always_inserted_auto, 326 always_inserted_off, 327 always_inserted_on, 328 NULL 329 }; 330 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto; 331 static void 332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty, 333 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value) 334 { 335 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto) 336 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\ 337 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"), 338 value, 339 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off"); 340 else 341 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value); 342 } 343 344 int 345 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void) 346 { 347 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on 348 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop)); 349 } 350 351 void _initialize_breakpoint (void); 352 353 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */ 354 static int executing_breakpoint_commands; 355 356 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */ 357 static int overlay_events_enabled; 358 359 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints. 360 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current 361 breakpoint. */ 362 363 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) 364 365 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \ 366 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \ 367 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \ 368 B = TMP) 369 370 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not 371 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing 372 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */ 373 374 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \ 375 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \ 376 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \ 377 BP_TMP++) 378 379 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */ 380 381 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \ 382 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \ 383 if (is_tracepoint (B)) 384 385 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */ 386 387 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain; 388 389 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */ 390 391 static struct bp_location **bp_location; 392 393 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */ 394 395 static unsigned bp_location_count; 396 397 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS 398 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from 399 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of 400 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */ 401 402 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max; 403 404 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between 405 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for 406 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from 407 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of 408 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */ 409 410 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max; 411 412 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, 413 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit 414 may still be reported by a target. */ 415 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL; 416 417 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */ 418 419 static int breakpoint_count; 420 421 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that 422 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more 423 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT 424 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */ 425 static int prev_breakpoint_count; 426 427 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */ 428 429 static int tracepoint_count; 430 431 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist; 432 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist; 433 static struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist; 434 435 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */ 436 static int 437 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b) 438 { 439 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled); 440 } 441 442 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */ 443 444 static void 445 set_breakpoint_count (int num) 446 { 447 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count; 448 breakpoint_count = num; 449 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num); 450 } 451 452 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current 453 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */ 454 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count; 455 456 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first 457 breakpoint made. */ 458 459 void 460 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void) 461 { 462 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count; 463 } 464 465 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last 466 breakpoint made. */ 467 468 void 469 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void) 470 { 471 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count; 472 } 473 474 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */ 475 476 void 477 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void) 478 { 479 struct breakpoint *b; 480 481 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 482 b->hit_count = 0; 483 } 484 485 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1. 486 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */ 487 488 static struct counted_command_line * 489 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands) 490 { 491 struct counted_command_line *result 492 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line)); 493 494 result->refc = 1; 495 result->commands = commands; 496 return result; 497 } 498 499 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */ 500 501 static void 502 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd) 503 { 504 if (cmd) 505 ++cmd->refc; 506 } 507 508 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0, 509 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does 510 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */ 511 512 static void 513 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp) 514 { 515 if (*cmdp) 516 { 517 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0) 518 { 519 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands); 520 xfree (*cmdp); 521 } 522 *cmdp = NULL; 523 } 524 } 525 526 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */ 527 528 static void 529 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg) 530 { 531 decref_counted_command_line (arg); 532 } 533 534 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the 535 argument. */ 536 537 static struct cleanup * 538 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp) 539 { 540 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp); 541 } 542 543 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at 544 for "break" command with no arg. 545 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are 546 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error. 547 548 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */ 549 550 int default_breakpoint_valid; 551 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address; 552 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab; 553 int default_breakpoint_line; 554 struct program_space *default_breakpoint_pspace; 555 556 557 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint. 558 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace. 559 560 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name 561 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well 562 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6"). 563 564 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint. 565 566 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most 567 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */ 568 static int 569 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer) 570 { 571 int retval = 0; /* default */ 572 char *p = *pp; 573 574 if (p == NULL) 575 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */ 576 return breakpoint_count; 577 else if (*p == '$') 578 { 579 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it 580 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */ 581 char *varname; 582 char *start = ++p; 583 LONGEST val; 584 585 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_') 586 p++; 587 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1); 588 strncpy (varname, start, p - start); 589 varname[p - start] = '\0'; 590 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname), &val)) 591 retval = (int) val; 592 else 593 { 594 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n")); 595 retval = 0; 596 } 597 } 598 else 599 { 600 if (*p == '-') 601 ++p; 602 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') 603 ++p; 604 if (p == *pp) 605 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */ 606 { 607 /* Skip non-numeric token */ 608 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p)) 609 ++p; 610 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */ 611 retval = 0; 612 } 613 else 614 retval = atoi (*pp); 615 } 616 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer)) 617 { 618 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */ 619 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer)) 620 ++p; 621 retval = 0; 622 } 623 while (isspace (*p)) 624 p++; 625 *pp = p; 626 return retval; 627 } 628 629 630 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */ 631 int 632 get_number (char **pp) 633 { 634 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0'); 635 } 636 637 /* Parse a number or a range. 638 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number. 639 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and 640 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2, 641 * inclusive. 642 * 643 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively; 644 * At each call it will return the next value in the range. 645 * 646 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will 647 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token. 648 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range 649 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance 650 * pointer PP past <number2>. 651 */ 652 653 int 654 get_number_or_range (char **pp) 655 { 656 static int last_retval, end_value; 657 static char *end_ptr; 658 static int in_range = 0; 659 660 if (**pp != '-') 661 { 662 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number, 663 or to the first number of a range. */ 664 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-'); 665 if (**pp == '-') 666 { 667 char **temp; 668 669 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>). 670 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number, 671 and also remember the end of the final token. */ 672 673 temp = &end_ptr; 674 end_ptr = *pp + 1; 675 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr)) 676 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */ 677 end_value = get_number (temp); 678 if (end_value < last_retval) 679 { 680 error (_("inverted range")); 681 } 682 else if (end_value == last_retval) 683 { 684 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the 685 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a 686 single number. */ 687 *pp = end_ptr; 688 } 689 else 690 in_range = 1; 691 } 692 } 693 else if (! in_range) 694 error (_("negative value")); 695 else 696 { 697 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All 698 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next 699 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value). 700 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range 701 is reached. */ 702 703 if (++last_retval == end_value) 704 { 705 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */ 706 *pp = end_ptr; 707 in_range = 0; 708 } 709 } 710 return last_retval; 711 } 712 713 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL 714 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */ 715 716 struct breakpoint * 717 get_breakpoint (int num) 718 { 719 struct breakpoint *b; 720 721 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 722 if (b->number == num) 723 return b; 724 725 return NULL; 726 } 727 728 729 730 void 731 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp, 732 int from_tty) 733 { 734 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; 735 736 for (; loc; loc = loc->next) 737 { 738 xfree (loc->cond); 739 loc->cond = NULL; 740 } 741 xfree (b->cond_string); 742 b->cond_string = NULL; 743 xfree (b->cond_exp); 744 b->cond_exp = NULL; 745 746 if (*exp == 0) 747 { 748 if (from_tty) 749 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number); 750 } 751 else 752 { 753 char *arg = exp; 754 755 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user 756 typed in or the decompiled expression. */ 757 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg); 758 b->condition_not_parsed = 0; 759 760 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 761 { 762 innermost_block = NULL; 763 arg = exp; 764 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0); 765 if (*arg) 766 error (_("Junk at end of expression")); 767 b->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block; 768 } 769 else 770 { 771 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 772 { 773 arg = exp; 774 loc->cond = 775 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0); 776 if (*arg) 777 error (_("Junk at end of expression")); 778 } 779 } 780 } 781 breakpoints_changed (); 782 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); 783 } 784 785 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */ 786 787 static void 788 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 789 { 790 struct breakpoint *b; 791 char *p; 792 int bnum; 793 794 if (arg == 0) 795 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number")); 796 797 p = arg; 798 bnum = get_number (&p); 799 if (bnum == 0) 800 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg); 801 802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 803 if (b->number == bnum) 804 { 805 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty); 806 return; 807 } 808 809 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum); 810 } 811 812 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable 813 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints. 814 Throw if any such commands is found. 815 */ 816 static void 817 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands) 818 { 819 struct command_line *c; 820 821 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next) 822 { 823 int i; 824 825 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control) 826 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can only be used for tracepoints")); 827 828 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i) 829 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]); 830 831 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment 832 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for 833 command directly. */ 834 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line) 835 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints")); 836 837 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line) 838 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints")); 839 } 840 } 841 842 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */ 843 844 int 845 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b) 846 { 847 return (b->type == bp_tracepoint 848 || b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint 849 || b->type == bp_static_tracepoint); 850 } 851 852 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a 853 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is 854 found. */ 855 856 static void 857 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 858 struct command_line *commands) 859 { 860 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 861 { 862 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands 863 is valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one while-stepping 864 element, and that while-stepping's body has valid tracing commands 865 excluding nested while-stepping. */ 866 struct command_line *c; 867 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0; 868 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next) 869 { 870 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control) 871 { 872 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint) 873 error (_("\ 874 The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for fast tracepoint")); 875 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint) 876 error (_("\ 877 The 'while-stepping' command cannot be used for static tracepoint")); 878 879 if (while_stepping) 880 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can be used only once")); 881 else 882 while_stepping = c; 883 } 884 } 885 if (while_stepping) 886 { 887 struct command_line *c2; 888 889 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1); 890 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0]; 891 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next) 892 { 893 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control) 894 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested")); 895 } 896 } 897 } 898 else 899 { 900 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands); 901 } 902 } 903 904 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The 905 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */ 906 907 VEC(breakpoint_p) * 908 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr) 909 { 910 struct breakpoint *b; 911 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0; 912 struct bp_location *loc; 913 914 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 915 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint) 916 { 917 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 918 if (loc->address == addr) 919 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b); 920 } 921 922 return found; 923 } 924 925 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint, 926 validate that only allowed commands are included. 927 */ 928 929 void 930 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b, struct command_line *commands) 931 { 932 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands); 933 934 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands); 935 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands); 936 breakpoints_changed (); 937 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); 938 } 939 940 void 941 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure) 942 { 943 struct breakpoint *b = closure; 944 945 validate_actionline (&line, b); 946 } 947 948 /* A structure used to pass information through 949 map_breakpoint_numbers. */ 950 951 struct commands_info 952 { 953 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */ 954 int from_tty; 955 956 /* The breakpoint range spec. */ 957 char *arg; 958 959 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this 960 already-parsed command. */ 961 struct command_line *control; 962 963 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not 964 yet been read. */ 965 struct counted_command_line *cmd; 966 }; 967 968 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for 969 commands_command. */ 970 971 static void 972 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data) 973 { 974 struct commands_info *info = data; 975 976 if (info->cmd == NULL) 977 { 978 struct command_line *l; 979 980 if (info->control != NULL) 981 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]); 982 else 983 { 984 struct cleanup *old_chain; 985 char *str; 986 987 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) %s, one per line."), 988 info->arg); 989 990 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str); 991 992 l = read_command_lines (str, 993 info->from_tty, 1, 994 (is_tracepoint (b) 995 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0), 996 b); 997 998 do_cleanups (old_chain); 999 } 1000 1001 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l); 1002 } 1003 1004 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to 1005 do anything. */ 1006 if (b->commands != info->cmd) 1007 { 1008 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands); 1009 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd); 1010 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands); 1011 b->commands = info->cmd; 1012 breakpoints_changed (); 1013 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); 1014 } 1015 } 1016 1017 static void 1018 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct command_line *control) 1019 { 1020 struct cleanup *cleanups; 1021 struct commands_info info; 1022 1023 info.from_tty = from_tty; 1024 info.control = control; 1025 info.cmd = NULL; 1026 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an 1027 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */ 1028 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd); 1029 1030 if (arg == NULL || !*arg) 1031 { 1032 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1) 1033 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1, breakpoint_count); 1034 else if (breakpoint_count > 0) 1035 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count); 1036 else 1037 { 1038 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL 1039 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint 1040 numbers will fail in this case. */ 1041 arg = NULL; 1042 } 1043 } 1044 else 1045 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve 1046 our argument. */ 1047 arg = xstrdup (arg); 1048 1049 if (arg != NULL) 1050 make_cleanup (xfree, arg); 1051 1052 info.arg = arg; 1053 1054 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info); 1055 1056 if (info.cmd == NULL) 1057 error (_("No breakpoints specified.")); 1058 1059 do_cleanups (cleanups); 1060 } 1061 1062 static void 1063 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 1064 { 1065 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL); 1066 } 1067 1068 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from 1069 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure. 1070 1071 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands 1072 that are part of if and while bodies. */ 1073 enum command_control_type 1074 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd) 1075 { 1076 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd); 1077 return simple_control; 1078 } 1079 1080 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */ 1081 1082 static int 1083 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl) 1084 { 1085 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint) 1086 return 0; 1087 if (!bl->inserted) 1088 return 0; 1089 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0) 1090 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */ 1091 return 0; 1092 return 1; 1093 } 1094 1095 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR, 1096 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. 1097 1098 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is: 1099 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max 1100 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max 1101 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is: 1102 memaddr ... memaddr + len 1103 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are 1104 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max 1105 and: 1106 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */ 1107 1108 void 1109 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len) 1110 { 1111 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */ 1112 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc; 1113 1114 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is 1115 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */ 1116 1117 bc_l = 0; 1118 bc_r = bp_location_count; 1119 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r) 1120 { 1121 struct bp_location *b; 1122 1123 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2; 1124 b = bp_location[bc]; 1125 1126 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant. 1127 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can 1128 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range). 1129 1130 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that 1131 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching 1132 MEMADDR. */ 1133 1134 if (b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max >= b->address 1135 && b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr) 1136 bc_l = bc; 1137 else 1138 bc_r = bc; 1139 } 1140 1141 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */ 1142 1143 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++) 1144 { 1145 struct bp_location *b = bp_location[bc]; 1146 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0; 1147 int bp_size = 0; 1148 int bptoffset = 0; 1149 1150 /* bp_location array has B->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 1151 if (b->owner->type == bp_none) 1152 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), 1153 b->owner->number); 1154 1155 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF 1156 content. */ 1157 1158 if (b->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max 1159 && memaddr + len <= b->address 1160 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max) 1161 break; 1162 1163 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b)) 1164 continue; 1165 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b->target_info.placed_address_space, 0, 1166 current_program_space->aspace, 0)) 1167 continue; 1168 1169 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that 1170 we need to copy. */ 1171 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address; 1172 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len; 1173 1174 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr) 1175 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we 1176 are reading. */ 1177 continue; 1178 1179 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len) 1180 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are 1181 reading. */ 1182 continue; 1183 1184 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */ 1185 if (bp_addr < memaddr) 1186 { 1187 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */ 1188 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr; 1189 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr; 1190 bp_addr = memaddr; 1191 } 1192 1193 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len) 1194 { 1195 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */ 1196 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len); 1197 } 1198 1199 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr, 1200 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size); 1201 } 1202 } 1203 1204 1205 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */ 1206 static void 1207 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args) 1208 { 1209 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args; 1210 1211 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint); 1212 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL); 1213 1214 b->ops->insert (b); 1215 } 1216 1217 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */ 1218 1219 static int 1220 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt) 1221 { 1222 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint 1223 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint 1224 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint); 1225 } 1226 1227 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or 1228 software. */ 1229 1230 static int 1231 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt) 1232 { 1233 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt) 1234 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint); 1235 } 1236 1237 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread 1238 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B. 1239 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the 1240 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was 1241 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select 1242 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can 1243 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left 1244 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are 1245 running. */ 1246 1247 static int 1248 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint *b) 1249 { 1250 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid) 1251 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread) 1252 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))); 1253 } 1254 1255 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: 1256 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero 1257 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val 1258 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result 1259 in b->loc->cond. 1260 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc. 1261 1262 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing. 1263 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. 1264 1265 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed 1266 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed 1267 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop 1268 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; 1269 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's 1270 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in 1271 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints. 1272 1273 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the 1274 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to 1275 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later 1276 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB 1277 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint 1278 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by 1279 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the 1280 memory content has not changed. 1281 1282 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware 1283 watchpoints: 1284 1285 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called 1286 several times when GDB stops. 1287 1288 [linux] 1289 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to 1290 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the 1291 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after 1292 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed. 1293 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event 1294 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from 1295 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported 1296 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real 1297 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its 1298 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset. 1299 1300 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint 1301 removal from inferior. */ 1302 1303 static void 1304 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse) 1305 { 1306 int within_current_scope; 1307 struct frame_id saved_frame_id; 1308 int frame_saved; 1309 1310 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the 1311 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread 1312 that was used to create the watchpoint. */ 1313 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b)) 1314 return; 1315 1316 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and 1317 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove 1318 breakpoints if needed. */ 1319 b->loc = NULL; 1320 1321 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 1322 return; 1323 1324 frame_saved = 0; 1325 1326 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */ 1327 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL) 1328 within_current_scope = 1; 1329 else 1330 { 1331 struct frame_info *fi; 1332 1333 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after 1334 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */ 1335 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression 1336 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the 1337 selected frame. */ 1338 frame_saved = 1; 1339 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL)); 1340 1341 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame); 1342 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL); 1343 if (within_current_scope) 1344 select_frame (fi); 1345 } 1346 1347 if (within_current_scope && reparse) 1348 { 1349 char *s; 1350 if (b->exp) 1351 { 1352 xfree (b->exp); 1353 b->exp = NULL; 1354 } 1355 s = b->exp_string; 1356 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0); 1357 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is 1358 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit 1359 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually 1360 be completely different objects. */ 1361 value_free (b->val); 1362 b->val = NULL; 1363 b->val_valid = 0; 1364 1365 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition 1366 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the 1367 locations (re)created below. */ 1368 if (b->cond_string != NULL) 1369 { 1370 if (b->cond_exp != NULL) 1371 { 1372 xfree (b->cond_exp); 1373 b->cond_exp = NULL; 1374 } 1375 1376 s = b->cond_string; 1377 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0); 1378 } 1379 } 1380 1381 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because 1382 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library, 1383 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete 1384 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression 1385 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */ 1386 if ( !target_has_execution) 1387 { 1388 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and 1389 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when 1390 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */ 1391 } 1392 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp) 1393 { 1394 int pc = 0; 1395 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next; 1396 struct program_space *frame_pspace; 1397 1398 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain); 1399 1400 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of 1401 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update 1402 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it 1403 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */ 1404 if (!b->val_valid) 1405 { 1406 b->val = v; 1407 b->val_valid = 1; 1408 } 1409 1410 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an 1411 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free 1412 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */ 1413 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) 1414 && reparse) 1415 { 1416 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used; 1417 1418 /* We need to determine how many resources are already used 1419 for all other hardware watchpoints to see if we still have 1420 enough resources to also fit this watchpoint in as well. 1421 To avoid the hw_watchpoint_used_count call below from counting 1422 this watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a software 1423 watchpoint. */ 1424 b->type = bp_watchpoint; 1425 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint, 1426 &other_type_used); 1427 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain); 1428 1429 if (!mem_cnt) 1430 b->type = bp_watchpoint; 1431 else 1432 { 1433 int target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint 1434 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used); 1435 if (target_resources_ok <= 0) 1436 b->type = bp_watchpoint; 1437 else 1438 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint; 1439 } 1440 } 1441 1442 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL)); 1443 1444 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */ 1445 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next) 1446 { 1447 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed 1448 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we 1449 must watch it. If the first value returned is 1450 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it; 1451 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */ 1452 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory 1453 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v))) 1454 { 1455 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v)); 1456 1457 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked 1458 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to 1459 appear in the middle of some value chain. */ 1460 if (v == result 1461 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT 1462 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) 1463 { 1464 CORE_ADDR addr; 1465 int len, type; 1466 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp; 1467 1468 addr = value_address (v); 1469 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)); 1470 type = hw_write; 1471 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint) 1472 type = hw_read; 1473 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) 1474 type = hw_access; 1475 1476 loc = allocate_bp_location (b); 1477 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next)) 1478 ; 1479 *tmp = loc; 1480 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v)); 1481 1482 loc->pspace = frame_pspace; 1483 loc->address = addr; 1484 loc->length = len; 1485 loc->watchpoint_type = type; 1486 } 1487 } 1488 1489 next = value_next (v); 1490 if (v != b->val) 1491 value_free (v); 1492 } 1493 1494 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the 1495 above left it without any location set up. But, 1496 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report 1497 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */ 1498 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL) 1499 { 1500 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b); 1501 b->loc->pspace = frame_pspace; 1502 b->loc->address = -1; 1503 b->loc->length = -1; 1504 b->loc->watchpoint_type = -1; 1505 } 1506 } 1507 else if (!within_current_scope) 1508 { 1509 printf_filtered (_("\ 1510 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\ 1511 in which its expression is valid.\n"), 1512 b->number); 1513 if (b->related_breakpoint) 1514 { 1515 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 1516 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL; 1517 b->related_breakpoint= NULL; 1518 } 1519 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 1520 } 1521 1522 /* Restore the selected frame. */ 1523 if (frame_saved) 1524 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id)); 1525 } 1526 1527 1528 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be 1529 inserted in the inferior. */ 1530 static int 1531 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt) 1532 { 1533 if (bpt->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)) 1534 return 0; 1535 1536 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 1537 return 0; 1538 1539 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate) 1540 return 0; 1541 1542 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a 1543 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running 1544 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the 1545 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports 1546 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared 1547 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise 1548 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since 1549 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */ 1550 if (bpt->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed) 1551 return 0; 1552 1553 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing, 1554 not by us. */ 1555 if (is_tracepoint (bpt->owner)) 1556 return 0; 1557 1558 return 1; 1559 } 1560 1561 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint. 1562 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS, 1563 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems. 1564 1565 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style 1566 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */ 1567 static int 1568 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt, 1569 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream, 1570 int *disabled_breaks, 1571 int *hw_breakpoint_error) 1572 { 1573 int val = 0; 1574 1575 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted) 1576 return 0; 1577 1578 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */ 1579 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info)); 1580 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address; 1581 bpt->target_info.placed_address_space = bpt->pspace->aspace; 1582 1583 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint 1584 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 1585 { 1586 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint) 1587 { 1588 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type 1589 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see 1590 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not. 1591 Two important cases are: 1592 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory 1593 is readonly. We change the type of the location to 1594 hardware breakpoint. 1595 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. 1596 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but 1597 then the memory map changed, so we undo. 1598 1599 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will 1600 use location types we've just set here, the only possible 1601 problem is that memory map has changed during running program, 1602 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */ 1603 struct mem_region *mr 1604 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address); 1605 1606 if (mr) 1607 { 1608 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints) 1609 { 1610 enum bp_loc_type new_type; 1611 1612 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW) 1613 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint; 1614 else 1615 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint; 1616 1617 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type) 1618 { 1619 static int said = 0; 1620 1621 bpt->loc_type = new_type; 1622 if (!said) 1623 { 1624 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\ 1625 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n")); 1626 said = 1; 1627 } 1628 } 1629 } 1630 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint 1631 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW) 1632 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"), 1633 paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address)); 1634 } 1635 } 1636 1637 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */ 1638 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off 1639 || bpt->section == NULL 1640 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section))) 1641 { 1642 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */ 1643 1644 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 1645 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, 1646 &bpt->target_info); 1647 else 1648 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, 1649 &bpt->target_info); 1650 } 1651 else 1652 { 1653 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section. 1654 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */ 1655 if (!overlay_events_enabled) 1656 { 1657 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, 1658 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA. 1659 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */ 1660 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 1661 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"), 1662 bpt->owner->number); 1663 else 1664 { 1665 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address, 1666 bpt->section); 1667 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */ 1668 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info; 1669 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr; 1670 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, 1671 &bpt->overlay_target_info); 1672 if (val != 0) 1673 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1674 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n", 1675 bpt->owner->number); 1676 } 1677 } 1678 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */ 1679 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) 1680 { 1681 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */ 1682 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 1683 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, 1684 &bpt->target_info); 1685 else 1686 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bpt->gdbarch, 1687 &bpt->target_info); 1688 } 1689 else 1690 { 1691 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted. 1692 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */ 1693 return 0; 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 if (val) 1698 { 1699 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */ 1700 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->pspace, bpt->address)) 1701 { 1702 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */ 1703 val = 0; 1704 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1; 1705 if (!*disabled_breaks) 1706 { 1707 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1708 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", 1709 bpt->owner->number); 1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1711 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n"); 1712 } 1713 *disabled_breaks = 1; 1714 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1715 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number); 1716 } 1717 else 1718 { 1719 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 1720 { 1721 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1; 1722 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1723 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n", 1724 bpt->owner->number); 1725 } 1726 else 1727 { 1728 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1729 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", 1730 bpt->owner->number); 1731 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, 1732 "Error accessing memory address "); 1733 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->gdbarch, bpt->address), 1734 tmp_error_stream); 1735 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n", 1736 safe_strerror (val)); 1737 } 1738 1739 } 1740 } 1741 else 1742 bpt->inserted = 1; 1743 1744 return val; 1745 } 1746 1747 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint 1748 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing 1749 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */ 1750 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop) 1751 { 1752 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address, 1753 bpt->length, 1754 bpt->watchpoint_type, 1755 bpt->owner->cond_exp); 1756 1757 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not 1758 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */ 1759 if (val == 1 && bpt->watchpoint_type == hw_read) 1760 { 1761 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp; 1762 1763 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another 1764 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate 1765 of this one. */ 1766 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp) 1767 if (loc != bpt 1768 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access 1769 && watchpoint_locations_match (bpt, loc)) 1770 { 1771 bpt->duplicate = 1; 1772 bpt->inserted = 1; 1773 bpt->target_info = loc->target_info; 1774 bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access; 1775 val = 0; 1776 break; 1777 } 1778 1779 if (val == 1) 1780 { 1781 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address, 1782 bpt->length, 1783 hw_access, 1784 bpt->owner->cond_exp); 1785 if (val == 0) 1786 bpt->watchpoint_type = hw_access; 1787 } 1788 } 1789 1790 bpt->inserted = (val == 0); 1791 } 1792 1793 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint) 1794 { 1795 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint, 1796 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR); 1797 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ", 1798 bpt->owner->number); 1799 if (e.reason < 0) 1800 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled; 1801 else 1802 bpt->inserted = 1; 1803 1804 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem 1805 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint, 1806 so just return success. */ 1807 return 0; 1808 } 1809 1810 return 0; 1811 } 1812 1813 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be 1814 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference 1815 PSPACE anymore. */ 1816 1817 void 1818 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace) 1819 { 1820 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp; 1821 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp; 1822 1823 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */ 1824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp) 1825 { 1826 if (b->pspace == pspace) 1827 delete_breakpoint (b); 1828 } 1829 1830 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations 1831 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */ 1832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp) 1833 { 1834 struct bp_location *tmp; 1835 1836 if (loc->pspace == pspace) 1837 { 1838 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 1839 if (loc->owner->loc == loc) 1840 loc->owner->loc = loc->next; 1841 else 1842 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next) 1843 if (tmp->next == loc) 1844 { 1845 tmp->next = loc->next; 1846 break; 1847 } 1848 } 1849 } 1850 1851 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the 1852 removed locations above. */ 1853 update_global_location_list (0); 1854 } 1855 1856 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior. 1857 Throws exception on any error. 1858 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted 1859 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */ 1860 void 1861 insert_breakpoints (void) 1862 { 1863 struct breakpoint *bpt; 1864 1865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 1866 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)) 1867 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */); 1868 1869 update_global_location_list (1); 1870 1871 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when 1872 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them 1873 now. */ 1874 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()) 1875 insert_breakpoint_locations (); 1876 } 1877 1878 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program. 1879 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops. 1880 Both return zero if successful, 1881 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */ 1882 1883 static void 1884 insert_breakpoint_locations (void) 1885 { 1886 struct breakpoint *bpt; 1887 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; 1888 int error = 0; 1889 int val = 0; 1890 int disabled_breaks = 0; 1891 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0; 1892 1893 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen (); 1894 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream); 1895 1896 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if 1897 there was an error. */ 1898 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n"); 1899 1900 save_current_space_and_thread (); 1901 1902 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) 1903 { 1904 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted) 1905 continue; 1906 1907 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the 1908 thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has B->OWNER 1909 always non-NULL. */ 1910 if (b->owner->thread != -1 1911 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread)) 1912 continue; 1913 1914 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace); 1915 1916 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need 1917 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even 1918 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still 1919 insert breakpoints. */ 1920 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch) 1921 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) 1922 continue; 1923 1924 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream, 1925 &disabled_breaks, 1926 &hw_breakpoint_error); 1927 if (val) 1928 error = val; 1929 } 1930 1931 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, 1932 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */ 1933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 1934 { 1935 int some_failed = 0; 1936 struct bp_location *loc; 1937 1938 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)) 1939 continue; 1940 1941 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt)) 1942 continue; 1943 1944 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 1945 continue; 1946 1947 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 1948 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc)) 1949 { 1950 some_failed = 1; 1951 break; 1952 } 1953 if (some_failed) 1954 { 1955 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 1956 if (loc->inserted) 1957 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted); 1958 1959 hw_breakpoint_error = 1; 1960 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1961 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n", 1962 bpt->number); 1963 error = -1; 1964 } 1965 } 1966 1967 if (error) 1968 { 1969 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a 1970 message about possibly exhausted resources. */ 1971 if (hw_breakpoint_error) 1972 { 1973 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, 1974 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\ 1975 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n"); 1976 } 1977 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 1978 error_stream (tmp_error_stream); 1979 } 1980 1981 do_cleanups (cleanups); 1982 } 1983 1984 int 1985 remove_breakpoints (void) 1986 { 1987 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; 1988 int val = 0; 1989 1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) 1991 { 1992 if (b->inserted) 1993 val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted); 1994 } 1995 return val; 1996 } 1997 1998 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */ 1999 2000 int 2001 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid) 2002 { 2003 struct bp_location *b, **b_tmp; 2004 int val; 2005 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid); 2006 2007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, b_tmp) 2008 { 2009 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace) 2010 continue; 2011 2012 if (b->inserted) 2013 { 2014 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted); 2015 if (val != 0) 2016 return val; 2017 } 2018 } 2019 return 0; 2020 } 2021 2022 int 2023 remove_hw_watchpoints (void) 2024 { 2025 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; 2026 int val = 0; 2027 2028 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) 2029 { 2030 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint) 2031 val |= remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted); 2032 } 2033 return val; 2034 } 2035 2036 int 2037 reattach_breakpoints (int pid) 2038 { 2039 struct cleanup *old_chain; 2040 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; 2041 int val; 2042 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen (); 2043 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0; 2044 struct inferior *inf; 2045 struct thread_info *tp; 2046 2047 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid); 2048 if (tp == NULL) 2049 return 1; 2050 2051 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid); 2052 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid (); 2053 2054 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid; 2055 2056 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream); 2057 2058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) 2059 { 2060 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace) 2061 continue; 2062 2063 if (b->inserted) 2064 { 2065 b->inserted = 0; 2066 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream, 2067 &dummy1, &dummy2); 2068 if (val != 0) 2069 { 2070 do_cleanups (old_chain); 2071 return val; 2072 } 2073 } 2074 } 2075 do_cleanups (old_chain); 2076 return 0; 2077 } 2078 2079 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1; 2080 2081 static struct breakpoint * 2082 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 2083 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type) 2084 { 2085 struct symtab_and_line sal; 2086 struct breakpoint *b; 2087 2088 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */ 2089 2090 sal.pc = address; 2091 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc); 2092 sal.pspace = current_program_space; 2093 2094 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type); 2095 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--; 2096 b->disposition = disp_donttouch; 2097 2098 return b; 2099 } 2100 2101 static void 2102 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name) 2103 { 2104 struct objfile *objfile; 2105 2106 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) 2107 { 2108 struct breakpoint *b; 2109 struct minimal_symbol *m; 2110 2111 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile); 2112 if (m == NULL) 2113 continue; 2114 2115 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), 2116 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), 2117 bp_overlay_event); 2118 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); 2119 2120 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto) 2121 { 2122 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 2123 overlay_events_enabled = 1; 2124 } 2125 else 2126 { 2127 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 2128 overlay_events_enabled = 0; 2129 } 2130 } 2131 update_global_location_list (1); 2132 } 2133 2134 static void 2135 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name) 2136 { 2137 struct program_space *pspace; 2138 struct objfile *objfile; 2139 struct cleanup *old_chain; 2140 2141 old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 2142 2143 ALL_PSPACES (pspace) 2144 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) 2145 { 2146 struct breakpoint *b; 2147 struct minimal_symbol *m; 2148 2149 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile))) 2150 continue; 2151 2152 set_current_program_space (pspace); 2153 2154 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile); 2155 if (m == NULL) 2156 continue; 2157 2158 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), 2159 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), 2160 bp_longjmp_master); 2161 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); 2162 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 2163 } 2164 update_global_location_list (1); 2165 2166 do_cleanups (old_chain); 2167 } 2168 2169 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. The actual function 2170 looked for is named FUNC_NAME. */ 2171 static void 2172 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (const char *func_name) 2173 { 2174 struct program_space *pspace; 2175 struct objfile *objfile; 2176 struct cleanup *old_chain; 2177 2178 old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 2179 2180 ALL_PSPACES (pspace) 2181 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile) 2182 { 2183 struct breakpoint *b; 2184 struct minimal_symbol *m; 2185 2186 set_current_program_space (pspace); 2187 2188 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile); 2189 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text 2190 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text)) 2191 continue; 2192 2193 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), 2194 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), 2195 bp_std_terminate_master); 2196 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name); 2197 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 2198 } 2199 update_global_location_list (1); 2200 2201 do_cleanups (old_chain); 2202 } 2203 2204 void 2205 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void) 2206 { 2207 struct breakpoint *b; 2208 struct breakpoint *temp; 2209 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp; 2210 2211 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the 2212 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by 2213 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The 2214 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not 2215 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking 2216 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that 2217 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete 2218 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */ 2219 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp) 2220 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space) 2221 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted); 2222 2223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 2224 { 2225 if (b->pspace != current_program_space) 2226 continue; 2227 2228 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */ 2229 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event) 2230 { 2231 delete_breakpoint (b); 2232 continue; 2233 } 2234 2235 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */ 2236 if (b->type == bp_jit_event) 2237 { 2238 delete_breakpoint (b); 2239 continue; 2240 } 2241 2242 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(), 2243 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */ 2244 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event 2245 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master) 2246 { 2247 delete_breakpoint (b); 2248 continue; 2249 } 2250 2251 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */ 2252 if (b->type == bp_step_resume) 2253 { 2254 delete_breakpoint (b); 2255 continue; 2256 } 2257 2258 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless 2259 after an exec. */ 2260 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume) 2261 { 2262 delete_breakpoint (b); 2263 continue; 2264 } 2265 2266 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint) 2267 { 2268 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to 2269 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of 2270 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add 2271 a new method, and call this method from here. */ 2272 continue; 2273 } 2274 2275 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able 2276 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user 2277 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just 2278 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting 2279 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish 2280 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec. 2281 2282 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But 2283 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to 2284 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a 2285 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish 2286 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command 2287 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint. 2288 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish. 2289 2290 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know 2291 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?" 2292 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and 2293 let finish_command delete it. 2294 2295 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's 2296 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees 2297 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's 2298 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the 2299 solib breakpoints.) */ 2300 2301 if (b->type == bp_finish) 2302 { 2303 continue; 2304 } 2305 2306 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the 2307 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec() 2308 a.out. */ 2309 if (b->addr_string == NULL) 2310 { 2311 delete_breakpoint (b); 2312 continue; 2313 } 2314 } 2315 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */ 2316 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event"); 2317 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp"); 2318 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp"); 2319 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp"); 2320 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp"); 2321 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()"); 2322 } 2323 2324 int 2325 detach_breakpoints (int pid) 2326 { 2327 struct bp_location *b, **bp_tmp; 2328 int val = 0; 2329 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid (); 2330 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); 2331 2332 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid)) 2333 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid")); 2334 2335 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */ 2336 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid); 2337 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b, bp_tmp) 2338 { 2339 if (b->pspace != inf->pspace) 2340 continue; 2341 2342 if (b->inserted) 2343 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (b, mark_inserted); 2344 } 2345 2346 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */ 2347 detach_single_step_breakpoints (); 2348 2349 do_cleanups (old_chain); 2350 return val; 2351 } 2352 2353 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space. 2354 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork. 2355 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither 2356 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should 2357 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */ 2358 2359 static int 2360 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is) 2361 { 2362 int val; 2363 2364 /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */ 2365 gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL); 2366 2367 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 2368 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */ 2369 return 0; 2370 2371 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted. 2372 This should not ever happen. */ 2373 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none); 2374 2375 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint 2376 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2377 { 2378 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard 2379 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a 2380 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */ 2381 2382 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */ 2383 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off 2384 || b->section == NULL 2385 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section))) 2386 { 2387 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */ 2388 2389 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2390 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info); 2391 else 2392 val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, &b->target_info); 2393 } 2394 else 2395 { 2396 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section. 2397 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */ 2398 if (!overlay_events_enabled) 2399 { 2400 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we 2401 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it. 2402 */ 2403 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will 2404 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */ 2405 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2406 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, 2407 &b->overlay_target_info); 2408 else 2409 target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, 2410 &b->overlay_target_info); 2411 } 2412 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA? 2413 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */ 2414 if (b->inserted) 2415 { 2416 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to 2417 remove the breakpoint if the section had been 2418 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We 2419 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */ 2420 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2421 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, 2422 &b->target_info); 2423 2424 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only 2425 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite 2426 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */ 2427 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section)) 2428 val = target_remove_breakpoint (b->gdbarch, 2429 &b->target_info); 2430 else 2431 val = 0; 2432 } 2433 else 2434 { 2435 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */ 2436 val = 0; 2437 } 2438 } 2439 2440 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint 2441 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we 2442 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */ 2443 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->pspace, b->address)) 2444 val = 0; 2445 2446 if (val) 2447 return val; 2448 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); 2449 } 2450 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint) 2451 { 2452 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); 2453 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length, 2454 b->watchpoint_type, b->owner->cond_exp); 2455 2456 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */ 2457 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted)) 2458 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."), 2459 b->owner->number); 2460 } 2461 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint 2462 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner) 2463 && !b->duplicate) 2464 { 2465 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL); 2466 2467 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner); 2468 if (val) 2469 return val; 2470 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted); 2471 } 2472 2473 return 0; 2474 } 2475 2476 static int 2477 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is) 2478 { 2479 int ret; 2480 struct cleanup *old_chain; 2481 2482 /* B is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */ 2483 gdb_assert (b->owner != NULL); 2484 2485 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 2486 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */ 2487 return 0; 2488 2489 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted. 2490 This should not ever happen. */ 2491 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none); 2492 2493 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); 2494 2495 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace); 2496 2497 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (b, is); 2498 2499 do_cleanups (old_chain); 2500 return ret; 2501 } 2502 2503 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */ 2504 2505 void 2506 mark_breakpoints_out (void) 2507 { 2508 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; 2509 2510 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) 2511 if (bpt->pspace == current_program_space) 2512 bpt->inserted = 0; 2513 } 2514 2515 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any 2516 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program. 2517 2518 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints 2519 between runs. 2520 2521 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by 2522 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by 2523 init_wait_for_inferior). */ 2524 2525 2526 2527 void 2528 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context) 2529 { 2530 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 2531 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; 2532 int ix; 2533 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space; 2534 2535 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's 2536 nothing to do. */ 2537 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)) 2538 return; 2539 2540 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) 2541 { 2542 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 2543 if (bpt->pspace == pspace 2544 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent) 2545 bpt->inserted = 0; 2546 } 2547 2548 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 2549 { 2550 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace) 2551 continue; 2552 2553 switch (b->type) 2554 { 2555 case bp_call_dummy: 2556 2557 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will 2558 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get 2559 rid of it. */ 2560 2561 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 2562 2563 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */ 2564 2565 case bp_shlib_event: 2566 2567 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may 2568 have changed since the last time we ran the program. 2569 Actually we may now be debugging against different target; 2570 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may 2571 not be used in by the target. E.g., 2572 2573 (gdb) file prog-linux 2574 (gdb) run # native linux target 2575 ... 2576 (gdb) kill 2577 (gdb) file prog-win.exe 2578 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver. 2579 */ 2580 2581 delete_breakpoint (b); 2582 break; 2583 2584 case bp_watchpoint: 2585 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 2586 case bp_read_watchpoint: 2587 case bp_access_watchpoint: 2588 2589 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */ 2590 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL) 2591 delete_breakpoint (b); 2592 else if (context == inf_starting) 2593 { 2594 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value 2595 in insert_breakpoints. */ 2596 if (b->val) 2597 value_free (b->val); 2598 b->val = NULL; 2599 b->val_valid = 0; 2600 } 2601 break; 2602 default: 2603 break; 2604 } 2605 } 2606 2607 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */ 2608 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix) 2609 free_bp_location (bpt); 2610 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations); 2611 } 2612 2613 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the 2614 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if 2615 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space 2616 match, not program space. */ 2617 2618 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint 2619 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an 2620 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a 2621 permanent breakpoint. 2622 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we 2623 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints. 2624 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we 2625 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by 2626 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */ 2627 2628 enum breakpoint_here 2629 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 2630 { 2631 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; 2632 int any_breakpoint_here = 0; 2633 2634 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) 2635 { 2636 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint 2637 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2638 continue; 2639 2640 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 2641 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner) 2642 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 2643 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, 2644 aspace, pc)) 2645 { 2646 if (overlay_debugging 2647 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) 2648 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) 2649 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 2650 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent) 2651 return permanent_breakpoint_here; 2652 else 2653 any_breakpoint_here = 1; 2654 } 2655 } 2656 2657 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0; 2658 } 2659 2660 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */ 2661 2662 int 2663 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 2664 { 2665 struct bp_location *loc; 2666 int ix; 2667 2668 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) 2669 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address, 2670 aspace, pc)) 2671 return 1; 2672 2673 return 0; 2674 } 2675 2676 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is 2677 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism. 2678 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are 2679 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */ 2680 2681 int 2682 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 2683 { 2684 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; 2685 2686 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) 2687 { 2688 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint 2689 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2690 continue; 2691 2692 if (bpt->inserted 2693 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, 2694 aspace, pc)) 2695 { 2696 if (overlay_debugging 2697 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) 2698 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) 2699 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 2700 else 2701 return 1; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 return 0; 2705 } 2706 2707 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint 2708 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */ 2709 2710 int 2711 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 2712 { 2713 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) 2714 return 1; 2715 2716 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) 2717 return 1; 2718 2719 return 0; 2720 } 2721 2722 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint 2723 inserted at PC. */ 2724 2725 int 2726 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 2727 { 2728 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; 2729 2730 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) 2731 { 2732 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint) 2733 continue; 2734 2735 if (bpt->inserted 2736 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, 2737 aspace, pc)) 2738 { 2739 if (overlay_debugging 2740 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) 2741 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) 2742 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 2743 else 2744 return 1; 2745 } 2746 } 2747 2748 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */ 2749 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc)) 2750 return 1; 2751 2752 return 0; 2753 } 2754 2755 int 2756 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace, 2757 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len) 2758 { 2759 struct breakpoint *bpt; 2760 2761 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 2762 { 2763 struct bp_location *loc; 2764 2765 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint 2766 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint) 2767 continue; 2768 2769 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt)) 2770 continue; 2771 2772 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 2773 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted) 2774 { 2775 CORE_ADDR l, h; 2776 2777 /* Check for intersection. */ 2778 l = max (loc->address, addr); 2779 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len); 2780 if (l < h) 2781 return 1; 2782 } 2783 } 2784 return 0; 2785 } 2786 2787 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at 2788 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */ 2789 2790 int 2791 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc, 2792 ptid_t ptid) 2793 { 2794 struct bp_location *bpt, **bptp_tmp; 2795 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */ 2796 int thread = -1; 2797 int task = 0; 2798 2799 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt, bptp_tmp) 2800 { 2801 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint 2802 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint) 2803 continue; 2804 2805 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BPT->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 2806 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner) 2807 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent) 2808 continue; 2809 2810 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt->pspace->aspace, bpt->address, 2811 aspace, pc)) 2812 continue; 2813 2814 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1) 2815 { 2816 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid 2817 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet, 2818 it is now time to do so. */ 2819 if (thread == -1) 2820 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid); 2821 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread) 2822 continue; 2823 } 2824 2825 if (bpt->owner->task != 0) 2826 { 2827 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid 2828 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet, 2829 it is now time to do so. */ 2830 if (task == 0) 2831 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid); 2832 if (bpt->owner->task != task) 2833 continue; 2834 } 2835 2836 if (overlay_debugging 2837 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section) 2838 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section)) 2839 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */ 2840 2841 return 1; 2842 } 2843 2844 return 0; 2845 } 2846 2847 2848 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented 2849 in breakpoint.h. */ 2850 2851 int 2852 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep) 2853 { 2854 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint); 2855 } 2856 2857 void 2858 bpstat_free (bpstat bs) 2859 { 2860 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 2861 value_free (bs->old_val); 2862 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands); 2863 xfree (bs); 2864 } 2865 2866 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint. 2867 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */ 2868 2869 void 2870 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp) 2871 { 2872 bpstat p; 2873 bpstat q; 2874 2875 if (bsp == 0) 2876 return; 2877 p = *bsp; 2878 while (p != NULL) 2879 { 2880 q = p->next; 2881 bpstat_free (p); 2882 p = q; 2883 } 2884 *bsp = NULL; 2885 } 2886 2887 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that 2888 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */ 2889 2890 bpstat 2891 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs) 2892 { 2893 bpstat p = NULL; 2894 bpstat tmp; 2895 bpstat retval = NULL; 2896 2897 if (bs == NULL) 2898 return bs; 2899 2900 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 2901 { 2902 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp)); 2903 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp)); 2904 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands); 2905 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 2906 { 2907 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val); 2908 release_value (tmp->old_val); 2909 } 2910 2911 if (p == NULL) 2912 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */ 2913 retval = tmp; 2914 else 2915 p->next = tmp; 2916 p = tmp; 2917 } 2918 p->next = NULL; 2919 return retval; 2920 } 2921 2922 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */ 2923 2924 bpstat 2925 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint) 2926 { 2927 if (bsp == NULL) 2928 return NULL; 2929 2930 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next) 2931 { 2932 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint) 2933 return bsp; 2934 } 2935 return NULL; 2936 } 2937 2938 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped 2939 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining 2940 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for 2941 anything but further calls to bpstat_num). 2942 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints. 2943 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since 2944 we set it. 2945 Return 1 otherwise. */ 2946 2947 int 2948 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num) 2949 { 2950 struct breakpoint *b; 2951 2952 if ((*bsp) == NULL) 2953 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */ 2954 2955 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that 2956 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise, 2957 this function might return the same number more 2958 than once and this will look ugly. */ 2959 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL; 2960 *bsp = (*bsp)->next; 2961 if (b == NULL) 2962 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */ 2963 2964 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */ 2965 return 1; 2966 } 2967 2968 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */ 2969 2970 void 2971 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs) 2972 { 2973 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 2974 { 2975 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands); 2976 bs->commands_left = NULL; 2977 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 2978 { 2979 value_free (bs->old_val); 2980 bs->old_val = NULL; 2981 } 2982 } 2983 } 2984 2985 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */ 2986 2987 static void 2988 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void) 2989 { 2990 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)) 2991 { 2992 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread (); 2993 2994 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not 2995 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes 2996 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same 2997 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */ 2998 if (tp->in_infcall) 2999 return; 3000 } 3001 3002 breakpoint_proceeded = 1; 3003 } 3004 3005 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */ 3006 static void 3007 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore) 3008 { 3009 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0; 3010 } 3011 3012 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this 3013 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed 3014 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking 3015 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. 3016 3017 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that 3018 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the 3019 bpstat of the current thread. */ 3020 3021 static int 3022 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp) 3023 { 3024 bpstat bs; 3025 struct cleanup *old_chain; 3026 int again = 0; 3027 3028 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained 3029 in bs->commands. */ 3030 if (executing_breakpoint_commands) 3031 return 0; 3032 3033 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1; 3034 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0); 3035 3036 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */ 3037 bs = *bsp; 3038 3039 breakpoint_proceeded = 0; 3040 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 3041 { 3042 struct counted_command_line *ccmd; 3043 struct command_line *cmd; 3044 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain; 3045 3046 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one. 3047 3048 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like 3049 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which 3050 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't 3051 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to 3052 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's 3053 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we 3054 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free 3055 the tree when we're done. */ 3056 ccmd = bs->commands; 3057 bs->commands = NULL; 3058 this_cmd_tree_chain 3059 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd); 3060 cmd = bs->commands_left; 3061 bs->commands_left = NULL; 3062 3063 while (cmd != NULL) 3064 { 3065 execute_control_command (cmd); 3066 3067 if (breakpoint_proceeded) 3068 break; 3069 else 3070 cmd = cmd->next; 3071 } 3072 3073 /* We can free this command tree now. */ 3074 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain); 3075 3076 if (breakpoint_proceeded) 3077 { 3078 if (target_can_async_p ()) 3079 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still 3080 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for 3081 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */ 3082 ; 3083 else 3084 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns 3085 we're already standing on the next breakpoint. 3086 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since 3087 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands -- 3088 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not 3089 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we 3090 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be 3091 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is 3092 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive 3093 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a 3094 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we 3095 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us 3096 with the new stop_bpstat. */ 3097 again = 1; 3098 break; 3099 } 3100 } 3101 do_cleanups (old_chain); 3102 return again; 3103 } 3104 3105 void 3106 bpstat_do_actions (void) 3107 { 3108 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */ 3109 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid) 3110 && target_has_execution 3111 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid) 3112 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)) 3113 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior, 3114 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we 3115 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to 3116 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */ 3117 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat)) 3118 break; 3119 } 3120 3121 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */ 3122 3123 static void 3124 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream) 3125 { 3126 if (val == NULL) 3127 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>")); 3128 else 3129 { 3130 struct value_print_options opts; 3131 get_user_print_options (&opts); 3132 value_print (val, stream, &opts); 3133 } 3134 } 3135 3136 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future, 3137 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status, 3138 by having it set different print_it values. 3139 3140 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops 3141 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the 3142 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the 3143 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of 3144 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here. 3145 3146 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print() 3147 and normal_stop() to decide what to do): 3148 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print, 3149 don't print anything else. 3150 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire 3151 that something to be followed by a location. 3152 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire 3153 that something to be followed by a location. 3154 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more 3155 analysis. */ 3156 3157 static enum print_stop_action 3158 print_it_typical (bpstat bs) 3159 { 3160 struct cleanup *old_chain; 3161 struct breakpoint *b; 3162 const struct bp_location *bl; 3163 struct ui_stream *stb; 3164 int bp_temp = 0; 3165 enum print_stop_action result; 3166 3167 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint 3168 which has since been deleted. */ 3169 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL) 3170 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3171 bl = bs->breakpoint_at; 3172 3173 /* bl->owner can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint 3174 which has since been placed into moribund_locations. */ 3175 if (bl->owner == NULL) 3176 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3177 b = bl->owner; 3178 3179 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); 3180 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb); 3181 3182 switch (b->type) 3183 { 3184 case bp_breakpoint: 3185 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 3186 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del; 3187 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address) 3188 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address, 3189 bl->address, 3190 b->number, 1); 3191 annotate_breakpoint (b->number); 3192 if (bp_temp) 3193 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint "); 3194 else 3195 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint "); 3196 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3197 { 3198 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 3199 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); 3200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 3201 } 3202 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 3203 ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); 3204 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 3205 break; 3206 3207 case bp_shlib_event: 3208 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events 3209 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due 3210 to shlib event" message.) */ 3211 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n")); 3212 result = PRINT_NOTHING; 3213 break; 3214 3215 case bp_thread_event: 3216 /* Not sure how we will get here. 3217 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */ 3218 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); 3219 result = PRINT_NOTHING; 3220 break; 3221 3222 case bp_overlay_event: 3223 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */ 3224 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); 3225 result = PRINT_NOTHING; 3226 break; 3227 3228 case bp_longjmp_master: 3229 /* These should never be enabled. */ 3230 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); 3231 result = PRINT_NOTHING; 3232 break; 3233 3234 case bp_std_terminate_master: 3235 /* These should never be enabled. */ 3236 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n")); 3237 result = PRINT_NOTHING; 3238 break; 3239 3240 case bp_watchpoint: 3241 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 3242 annotate_watchpoint (b->number); 3243 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3244 ui_out_field_string 3245 (uiout, "reason", 3246 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 3247 mention (b); 3248 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 3249 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = "); 3250 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream); 3251 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb); 3252 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = "); 3253 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream); 3254 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb); 3255 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 3256 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */ 3257 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3258 break; 3259 3260 case bp_read_watchpoint: 3261 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3262 ui_out_field_string 3263 (uiout, "reason", 3264 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 3265 mention (b); 3266 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 3267 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = "); 3268 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream); 3269 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb); 3270 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 3271 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3272 break; 3273 3274 case bp_access_watchpoint: 3275 if (bs->old_val != NULL) 3276 { 3277 annotate_watchpoint (b->number); 3278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3279 ui_out_field_string 3280 (uiout, "reason", 3281 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 3282 mention (b); 3283 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 3284 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = "); 3285 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream); 3286 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb); 3287 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = "); 3288 } 3289 else 3290 { 3291 mention (b); 3292 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3293 ui_out_field_string 3294 (uiout, "reason", 3295 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER)); 3296 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value"); 3297 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = "); 3298 } 3299 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream); 3300 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb); 3301 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 3302 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3303 break; 3304 3305 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints 3306 here. */ 3307 3308 case bp_finish: 3309 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3310 ui_out_field_string 3311 (uiout, "reason", 3312 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED)); 3313 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3314 break; 3315 3316 case bp_until: 3317 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3318 ui_out_field_string 3319 (uiout, "reason", 3320 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED)); 3321 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3322 break; 3323 3324 case bp_none: 3325 case bp_longjmp: 3326 case bp_longjmp_resume: 3327 case bp_step_resume: 3328 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 3329 case bp_call_dummy: 3330 case bp_std_terminate: 3331 case bp_tracepoint: 3332 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 3333 case bp_jit_event: 3334 default: 3335 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3336 break; 3337 } 3338 3339 do_cleanups (old_chain); 3340 return result; 3341 } 3342 3343 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we 3344 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value 3345 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we 3346 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to 3347 normal_stop(). */ 3348 3349 static enum print_stop_action 3350 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs) 3351 { 3352 switch (bs->print_it) 3353 { 3354 case print_it_noop: 3355 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */ 3356 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3357 break; 3358 3359 case print_it_done: 3360 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the 3361 relevant messages. */ 3362 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 3363 break; 3364 3365 case print_it_normal: 3366 { 3367 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at; 3368 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL; 3369 3370 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or 3371 print_it_typical. */ 3372 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */ 3373 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL) 3374 return b->ops->print_it (b); 3375 else 3376 return print_it_typical (bs); 3377 } 3378 break; 3379 3380 default: 3381 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 3382 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value")); 3383 break; 3384 } 3385 } 3386 3387 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from 3388 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat 3389 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This 3390 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message 3391 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the 3392 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this 3393 routine is one of: 3394 3395 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing 3396 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent 3397 code to print the location. An example is 3398 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by 3399 the location. 3400 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need 3401 to also print the location part of the message. 3402 An example is the catch/throw messages, which 3403 don't require a location appended to the end. 3404 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any 3405 further info to be printed.*/ 3406 3407 enum print_stop_action 3408 bpstat_print (bpstat bs) 3409 { 3410 int val; 3411 3412 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop. 3413 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not. 3414 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken 3415 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */ 3416 for (; bs; bs = bs->next) 3417 { 3418 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs); 3419 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY 3420 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC 3421 || val == PRINT_NOTHING) 3422 return val; 3423 } 3424 3425 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start 3426 with and nothing was printed. */ 3427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN; 3428 } 3429 3430 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. 3431 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition. 3432 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to 3433 make it pass through catch_errors. */ 3434 3435 static int 3436 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp) 3437 { 3438 struct value *mark = value_mark (); 3439 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp)); 3440 3441 value_free_to_mark (mark); 3442 return i; 3443 } 3444 3445 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */ 3446 3447 static bpstat 3448 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ ) 3449 { 3450 bpstat bs; 3451 3452 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs)); 3453 cbs->next = bs; 3454 bs->breakpoint_at = bl; 3455 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */ 3456 bs->commands = NULL; 3457 bs->commands_left = NULL; 3458 bs->old_val = NULL; 3459 bs->print_it = print_it_normal; 3460 return bs; 3461 } 3462 3463 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware 3464 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */ 3465 3466 int 3467 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws) 3468 { 3469 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint (); 3470 CORE_ADDR addr; 3471 struct breakpoint *b; 3472 3473 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint) 3474 { 3475 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints 3476 as not triggered. */ 3477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 3478 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 3479 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no; 3480 3481 return 0; 3482 } 3483 3484 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr)) 3485 { 3486 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where. 3487 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */ 3488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 3489 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 3490 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown; 3491 3492 return stopped_by_watchpoint; 3493 } 3494 3495 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints 3496 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not 3497 triggered. */ 3498 3499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 3500 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 3501 { 3502 struct bp_location *loc; 3503 3504 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no; 3505 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 3506 /* Exact match not required. Within range is 3507 sufficient. */ 3508 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target, 3509 addr, loc->address, 3510 loc->length)) 3511 { 3512 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes; 3513 break; 3514 } 3515 } 3516 3517 return 1; 3518 } 3519 3520 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum 3521 because of check_errors). */ 3522 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */ 3523 #define WP_DELETED 1 3524 /* The value has changed. */ 3525 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2 3526 /* The value has not changed. */ 3527 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3 3528 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */ 3529 #define WP_IGNORE 4 3530 3531 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1 3532 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2 3533 3534 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value changed. 3535 3536 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void * 3537 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */ 3538 3539 static int 3540 watchpoint_check (void *p) 3541 { 3542 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p; 3543 struct breakpoint *b; 3544 struct frame_info *fr; 3545 int within_current_scope; 3546 3547 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ 3548 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL); 3549 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at->owner != NULL); 3550 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner; 3551 3552 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the 3553 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread 3554 that was used to create the watchpoint. */ 3555 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b)) 3556 return WP_IGNORE; 3557 3558 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL) 3559 within_current_scope = 1; 3560 else 3561 { 3562 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame (); 3563 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame); 3564 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame); 3565 3566 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still 3567 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated. 3568 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the 3569 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that 3570 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark 3571 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue - 3572 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack 3573 is likely to be wrong and frame_find_by_id could error out. */ 3574 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc)) 3575 return WP_IGNORE; 3576 3577 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame); 3578 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL); 3579 3580 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have 3581 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */ 3582 if (within_current_scope) 3583 { 3584 struct symbol *function; 3585 3586 function = get_frame_function (fr); 3587 if (function == NULL 3588 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block, 3589 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function))) 3590 within_current_scope = 0; 3591 } 3592 3593 if (within_current_scope) 3594 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected 3595 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect 3596 the user. */ 3597 select_frame (fr); 3598 } 3599 3600 if (within_current_scope) 3601 { 3602 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a 3603 *long* time before we return to the command level and 3604 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because 3605 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */ 3606 3607 int pc = 0; 3608 struct value *mark = value_mark (); 3609 struct value *new_val; 3610 3611 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL); 3612 3613 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because the latter 3614 coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just the address of the 3615 array instead of its contents. This is not what we want. */ 3616 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL) 3617 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val))) 3618 { 3619 if (new_val != NULL) 3620 { 3621 release_value (new_val); 3622 value_free_to_mark (mark); 3623 } 3624 bs->old_val = b->val; 3625 b->val = new_val; 3626 b->val_valid = 1; 3627 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED; 3628 } 3629 else 3630 { 3631 /* Nothing changed. */ 3632 value_free_to_mark (mark); 3633 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED; 3634 } 3635 } 3636 else 3637 { 3638 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because 3639 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when 3640 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains 3641 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two 3642 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue). 3643 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and 3644 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal 3645 the first value assigned). */ 3646 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but 3647 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp 3648 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the 3649 information here. */ 3650 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 3651 ui_out_field_string 3652 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE)); 3653 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint "); 3654 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number); 3655 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\ 3656 which its expression is valid.\n"); 3657 3658 if (b->related_breakpoint) 3659 { 3660 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 3661 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL; 3662 b->related_breakpoint = NULL; 3663 } 3664 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 3665 3666 return WP_DELETED; 3667 } 3668 } 3669 3670 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting 3671 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we 3672 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */ 3673 static int 3674 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, 3675 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr) 3676 { 3677 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner; 3678 3679 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */ 3680 gdb_assert (b != NULL); 3681 3682 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at 3683 tracepoints. */ 3684 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 3685 return 0; 3686 3687 if (!is_watchpoint (b) 3688 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint 3689 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */ 3690 { 3691 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address, 3692 aspace, bp_addr)) 3693 return 0; 3694 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */ 3695 && section_is_overlay (bl->section) 3696 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 3697 return 0; 3698 } 3699 3700 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the 3701 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on 3702 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction 3703 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has 3704 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger 3705 (did not match the data address). */ 3706 3707 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b) 3708 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no) 3709 return 0; 3710 3711 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 3712 { 3713 if (bl->address != bp_addr) 3714 return 0; 3715 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */ 3716 && section_is_overlay (bl->section) 3717 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section)) 3718 return 0; 3719 } 3720 3721 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint) 3722 { 3723 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL); 3724 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b)) 3725 return 0; 3726 } 3727 3728 return 1; 3729 } 3730 3731 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values 3732 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop 3733 to 0. */ 3734 static void 3735 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs) 3736 { 3737 const struct bp_location *bl; 3738 struct breakpoint *b; 3739 3740 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ 3741 bl = bs->breakpoint_at; 3742 gdb_assert (bl != NULL); 3743 b = bl->owner; 3744 gdb_assert (b != NULL); 3745 3746 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 3747 { 3748 int must_check_value = 0; 3749 3750 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint) 3751 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the 3752 watched value. */ 3753 must_check_value = 1; 3754 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes) 3755 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access) 3756 and the target earlier reported an address watched by 3757 this watchpoint. */ 3758 must_check_value = 1; 3759 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown 3760 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) 3761 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could 3762 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's 3763 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without 3764 a data address, we can't figure it out. */ 3765 must_check_value = 1; 3766 3767 if (must_check_value) 3768 { 3769 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n", 3770 b->number); 3771 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message); 3772 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message, 3773 RETURN_MASK_ALL); 3774 do_cleanups (cleanups); 3775 switch (e) 3776 { 3777 case WP_DELETED: 3778 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */ 3779 bs->print_it = print_it_done; 3780 /* Stop. */ 3781 break; 3782 case WP_IGNORE: 3783 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 3784 bs->stop = 0; 3785 break; 3786 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED: 3787 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint) 3788 { 3789 /* There are two cases to consider here: 3790 3791 1. we're watching the triggered memory for reads. 3792 In that case, trust the target, and always report 3793 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though 3794 reads don't cause value changes, the value may 3795 have changed since the last time it was read, and 3796 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see 3797 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of 3798 old value. 3799 3800 2. we're watching the triggered memory for both 3801 reads and writes. There are two ways this may 3802 happen: 3803 3804 2.1. this is a target that can't break on data 3805 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or 3806 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case 3807 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints. 3808 3809 2.2. otherwise, the target supports read 3810 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write 3811 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read 3812 watchpoint. 3813 3814 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads, 3815 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the 3816 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause 3817 changes. This still gives false positives when 3818 the program writes the same value to memory as 3819 what there was already in memory (we will confuse 3820 it for a read), but it's much better than 3821 nothing. */ 3822 3823 int other_write_watchpoint = 0; 3824 3825 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read) 3826 { 3827 struct breakpoint *other_b; 3828 3829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b) 3830 if ((other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint 3831 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) 3832 && (other_b->watchpoint_triggered 3833 == watch_triggered_yes)) 3834 { 3835 other_write_watchpoint = 1; 3836 break; 3837 } 3838 } 3839 3840 if (other_write_watchpoint 3841 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access) 3842 { 3843 /* We're watching the same memory for writes, 3844 and the value changed since the last time we 3845 updated it, so this trap must be for a write. 3846 Ignore it. */ 3847 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 3848 bs->stop = 0; 3849 } 3850 } 3851 break; 3852 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED: 3853 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint 3854 || b->type == bp_watchpoint) 3855 { 3856 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if 3857 the value hasn't changed. */ 3858 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 3859 bs->stop = 0; 3860 } 3861 /* Stop. */ 3862 break; 3863 default: 3864 /* Can't happen. */ 3865 case 0: 3866 /* Error from catch_errors. */ 3867 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number); 3868 if (b->related_breakpoint) 3869 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 3870 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 3871 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */ 3872 bs->print_it = print_it_done; 3873 break; 3874 } 3875 } 3876 else /* must_check_value == 0 */ 3877 { 3878 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but 3879 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no 3880 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print 3881 anything for this watchpoint. */ 3882 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 3883 bs->stop = 0; 3884 } 3885 } 3886 } 3887 3888 3889 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count) 3890 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this 3891 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */ 3892 static void 3893 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid) 3894 { 3895 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid); 3896 const struct bp_location *bl; 3897 struct breakpoint *b; 3898 3899 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */ 3900 bl = bs->breakpoint_at; 3901 gdb_assert (bl != NULL); 3902 b = bl->owner; 3903 gdb_assert (b != NULL); 3904 3905 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id) 3906 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()))) 3907 bs->stop = 0; 3908 else if (bs->stop) 3909 { 3910 int value_is_zero = 0; 3911 struct expression *cond; 3912 3913 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated 3914 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the 3915 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next 3916 iteration. */ 3917 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope) 3918 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes; 3919 3920 if (is_watchpoint (b)) 3921 cond = b->cond_exp; 3922 else 3923 cond = bl->cond; 3924 3925 if (cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop) 3926 { 3927 int within_current_scope = 1; 3928 3929 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could 3930 be a long time before we return to the command level and 3931 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values 3932 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a 3933 function call. */ 3934 struct value *mark = value_mark (); 3935 3936 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that 3937 the conditions will have the right context. Because we 3938 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's 3939 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start 3940 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the 3941 call site. */ 3942 if (!is_watchpoint (b) || b->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL) 3943 select_frame (get_current_frame ()); 3944 else 3945 { 3946 struct frame_info *frame; 3947 3948 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular 3949 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we 3950 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression 3951 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't 3952 really matter which instantiation of the function 3953 where the condition makes sense triggers the 3954 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch 3955 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to 3956 global on all threads that call `func', or catch 3957 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single 3958 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in 3959 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes 3960 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems 3961 intuitive. */ 3962 frame = block_innermost_frame (b->cond_exp_valid_block); 3963 if (frame != NULL) 3964 select_frame (frame); 3965 else 3966 within_current_scope = 0; 3967 } 3968 if (within_current_scope) 3969 value_is_zero 3970 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond, 3971 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n", 3972 RETURN_MASK_ALL); 3973 else 3974 { 3975 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested " 3976 "in the current scope")); 3977 /* If we failed to set the right context for this 3978 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */ 3979 value_is_zero = 0; 3980 } 3981 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */ 3982 value_free_to_mark (mark); 3983 } 3984 3985 if (cond && value_is_zero) 3986 { 3987 bs->stop = 0; 3988 } 3989 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id) 3990 { 3991 bs->stop = 0; 3992 } 3993 else if (b->ignore_count > 0) 3994 { 3995 b->ignore_count--; 3996 annotate_ignore_count_change (); 3997 bs->stop = 0; 3998 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't 3999 stop. */ 4000 ++(b->hit_count); 4001 } 4002 } 4003 } 4004 4005 4006 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address 4007 BP_ADDR in thread PTID. 4008 4009 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we 4010 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that: 4011 4012 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer. 4013 4014 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null. 4015 4016 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or 4017 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for 4018 several reasons concurrently.) 4019 4020 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at, 4021 commands, FIXME??? fields. */ 4022 4023 bpstat 4024 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace, 4025 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid) 4026 { 4027 struct breakpoint *b = NULL; 4028 struct bp_location *bl; 4029 struct bp_location *loc; 4030 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */ 4031 struct bpstats root_bs[1]; 4032 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */ 4033 bpstat bs = root_bs; 4034 int ix; 4035 int need_remove_insert; 4036 4037 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration would break across 4038 update_global_location_list possibly executed by 4039 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions's inferior call. */ 4040 4041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4042 { 4043 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent) 4044 continue; 4045 4046 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next) 4047 { 4048 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location. 4049 The watchpoint_check function will work on the entire expression, 4050 not the individual locations. For read watchpoints, the 4051 watchpoints_triggered function has checked all locations 4052 already. */ 4053 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc) 4054 break; 4055 4056 if (bl->shlib_disabled) 4057 continue; 4058 4059 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr)) 4060 continue; 4061 4062 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */ 4063 4064 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */ 4065 4066 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually 4067 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset 4068 'stop' to 0. */ 4069 bs->stop = 1; 4070 bs->print = 1; 4071 4072 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs); 4073 if (!bs->stop) 4074 continue; 4075 4076 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event 4077 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master 4078 || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master) 4079 /* We do not stop for these. */ 4080 bs->stop = 0; 4081 else 4082 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid); 4083 4084 if (bs->stop) 4085 { 4086 ++(b->hit_count); 4087 4088 /* We will stop here */ 4089 if (b->disposition == disp_disable) 4090 { 4091 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent) 4092 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 4093 update_global_location_list (0); 4094 } 4095 if (b->silent) 4096 bs->print = 0; 4097 bs->commands = b->commands; 4098 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands); 4099 bs->commands_left = bs->commands ? bs->commands->commands : NULL; 4100 if (bs->commands_left 4101 && (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands_left->line) == 0 4102 || (xdb_commands 4103 && strcmp ("Q", 4104 bs->commands_left->line) == 0))) 4105 { 4106 bs->commands_left = bs->commands_left->next; 4107 bs->print = 0; 4108 } 4109 } 4110 4111 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */ 4112 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0) 4113 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 4114 } 4115 } 4116 4117 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) 4118 { 4119 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc->pspace->aspace, loc->address, 4120 aspace, bp_addr)) 4121 { 4122 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs); 4123 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */ 4124 bs->stop = 0; 4125 bs->print = 0; 4126 bs->print_it = print_it_noop; 4127 } 4128 } 4129 4130 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */ 4131 4132 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may 4133 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are 4134 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get 4135 done later. */ 4136 need_remove_insert = 0; 4137 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (root_bs->next)) 4138 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 4139 if (!bs->stop 4140 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner 4141 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner)) 4142 { 4143 update_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner, 0 /* don't reparse. */); 4144 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at. 4145 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */ 4146 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL; 4147 need_remove_insert = 1; 4148 } 4149 4150 if (need_remove_insert) 4151 update_global_location_list (1); 4152 4153 return root_bs->next; 4154 } 4155 4156 static void 4157 handle_jit_event (void) 4158 { 4159 struct frame_info *frame; 4160 struct gdbarch *gdbarch; 4161 4162 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by 4163 breakpoint_re_set. */ 4164 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 4165 4166 frame = get_current_frame (); 4167 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame); 4168 4169 jit_event_handler (gdbarch); 4170 4171 target_terminal_inferior (); 4172 } 4173 4174 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */ 4175 4176 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */ 4177 4178 struct bpstat_what 4179 bpstat_what (bpstat bs) 4180 { 4181 struct bpstat_what retval; 4182 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols 4183 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations, 4184 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */ 4185 int shlib_event = 0; 4186 int jit_event = 0; 4187 4188 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING; 4189 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE; 4190 4191 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 4192 { 4193 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check 4194 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */ 4195 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING; 4196 enum bptype bptype; 4197 4198 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL) 4199 { 4200 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary 4201 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */ 4202 bptype = bp_none; 4203 } 4204 else if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL) 4205 bptype = bp_none; 4206 else 4207 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type; 4208 4209 switch (bptype) 4210 { 4211 case bp_none: 4212 break; 4213 case bp_breakpoint: 4214 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 4215 case bp_until: 4216 case bp_finish: 4217 if (bs->stop) 4218 { 4219 if (bs->print) 4220 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; 4221 else 4222 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 4223 } 4224 else 4225 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 4226 break; 4227 case bp_watchpoint: 4228 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 4229 case bp_read_watchpoint: 4230 case bp_access_watchpoint: 4231 if (bs->stop) 4232 { 4233 if (bs->print) 4234 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; 4235 else 4236 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 4237 } 4238 else 4239 { 4240 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping. 4241 This requires no further action. */ 4242 } 4243 break; 4244 case bp_longjmp: 4245 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME; 4246 break; 4247 case bp_longjmp_resume: 4248 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME; 4249 break; 4250 case bp_step_resume: 4251 if (bs->stop) 4252 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME; 4253 else 4254 { 4255 /* It is for the wrong frame. */ 4256 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 4257 } 4258 break; 4259 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 4260 case bp_thread_event: 4261 case bp_overlay_event: 4262 case bp_longjmp_master: 4263 case bp_std_terminate_master: 4264 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 4265 break; 4266 case bp_catchpoint: 4267 if (bs->stop) 4268 { 4269 if (bs->print) 4270 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; 4271 else 4272 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 4273 } 4274 else 4275 { 4276 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping. 4277 This requires no further action. */ 4278 } 4279 break; 4280 case bp_shlib_event: 4281 shlib_event = 1; 4282 4283 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB 4284 of events. This allows the user to get control and place 4285 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically 4286 loaded objects (among other things). */ 4287 if (stop_on_solib_events) 4288 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY; 4289 else 4290 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 4291 break; 4292 case bp_jit_event: 4293 jit_event = 1; 4294 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE; 4295 break; 4296 case bp_call_dummy: 4297 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy), 4298 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */ 4299 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY; 4300 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 4301 break; 4302 case bp_std_terminate: 4303 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy), 4304 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */ 4305 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE; 4306 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT; 4307 break; 4308 case bp_tracepoint: 4309 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 4310 case bp_static_tracepoint: 4311 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and 4312 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered 4313 out already. */ 4314 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 4315 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered")); 4316 default: 4317 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 4318 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype); 4319 } 4320 4321 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action); 4322 } 4323 4324 if (shlib_event) 4325 { 4326 if (debug_infrun) 4327 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n"); 4328 4329 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed 4330 to be adding them automatically. */ 4331 4332 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by 4333 breakpoint_re_set. */ 4334 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 4335 4336 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD 4337 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add); 4338 #else 4339 solib_add (NULL, 0, ¤t_target, auto_solib_add); 4340 #endif 4341 4342 target_terminal_inferior (); 4343 } 4344 4345 if (jit_event) 4346 { 4347 if (debug_infrun) 4348 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n"); 4349 4350 handle_jit_event (); 4351 } 4352 4353 return retval; 4354 } 4355 4356 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines 4357 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat, 4358 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */ 4359 4360 int 4361 bpstat_should_step (void) 4362 { 4363 struct breakpoint *b; 4364 4365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4366 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL) 4367 return 1; 4368 return 0; 4369 } 4370 4371 int 4372 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs) 4373 { 4374 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next) 4375 if (bs->stop) 4376 return 1; 4377 4378 return 0; 4379 } 4380 4381 4382 4383 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */ 4384 4385 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b, 4386 struct bp_location *loc, 4387 char *wrap_indent, 4388 struct ui_stream *stb) 4389 { 4390 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 4391 4392 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled) 4393 loc = NULL; 4394 4395 if (loc != NULL) 4396 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace); 4397 4398 if (b->source_file && loc) 4399 { 4400 struct symbol *sym 4401 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section); 4402 if (sym) 4403 { 4404 ui_out_text (uiout, "in "); 4405 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func", 4406 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)); 4407 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent); 4408 ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); 4409 } 4410 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file); 4411 ui_out_text (uiout, ":"); 4412 4413 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 4414 { 4415 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0); 4416 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab); 4417 4418 if (fullname) 4419 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname); 4420 } 4421 4422 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number); 4423 } 4424 else if (loc) 4425 { 4426 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream, 4427 demangle, ""); 4428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb); 4429 } 4430 else 4431 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string); 4432 4433 do_cleanups (old_chain); 4434 } 4435 4436 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */ 4437 static void 4438 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b, 4439 struct bp_location *loc, 4440 int loc_number, 4441 struct bp_location **last_loc, 4442 int print_address_bits, 4443 int allflag) 4444 { 4445 struct command_line *l; 4446 struct ep_type_description 4447 { 4448 enum bptype type; 4449 char *description; 4450 }; 4451 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] = 4452 { 4453 {bp_none, "?deleted?"}, 4454 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"}, 4455 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"}, 4456 {bp_until, "until"}, 4457 {bp_finish, "finish"}, 4458 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"}, 4459 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"}, 4460 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"}, 4461 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"}, 4462 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"}, 4463 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"}, 4464 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"}, 4465 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"}, 4466 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"}, 4467 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"}, 4468 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"}, 4469 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"}, 4470 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"}, 4471 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"}, 4472 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"}, 4473 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"}, 4474 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"}, 4475 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"}, 4476 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"}, 4477 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"}, 4478 }; 4479 4480 static char bpenables[] = "nynny"; 4481 char wrap_indent[80]; 4482 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout); 4483 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb); 4484 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain; 4485 4486 int header_of_multiple = 0; 4487 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL); 4488 struct value_print_options opts; 4489 4490 get_user_print_options (&opts); 4491 4492 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0); 4493 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning 4494 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled 4495 location. */ 4496 if (loc == NULL 4497 && (b->loc != NULL 4498 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled))) 4499 header_of_multiple = 1; 4500 if (loc == NULL) 4501 loc = b->loc; 4502 4503 annotate_record (); 4504 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt"); 4505 4506 /* 1 */ 4507 annotate_field (0); 4508 if (part_of_multiple) 4509 { 4510 char *formatted; 4511 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number); 4512 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted); 4513 xfree (formatted); 4514 } 4515 else 4516 { 4517 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 4518 } 4519 4520 /* 2 */ 4521 annotate_field (1); 4522 if (part_of_multiple) 4523 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type"); 4524 else 4525 { 4526 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0]))) 4527 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type)) 4528 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 4529 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."), 4530 (int) b->type); 4531 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description); 4532 } 4533 4534 /* 3 */ 4535 annotate_field (2); 4536 if (part_of_multiple) 4537 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp"); 4538 else 4539 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 4540 4541 4542 /* 4 */ 4543 annotate_field (3); 4544 if (part_of_multiple) 4545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n"); 4546 else 4547 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", 4548 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]); 4549 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2); 4550 4551 4552 /* 5 and 6 */ 4553 strcpy (wrap_indent, " "); 4554 if (opts.addressprint) 4555 { 4556 if (print_address_bits <= 32) 4557 strcat (wrap_indent, " "); 4558 else 4559 strcat (wrap_indent, " "); 4560 } 4561 4562 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL) 4563 { 4564 /* Although the print_one can possibly print 4565 all locations, calling it here is not likely 4566 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's 4567 just one location. */ 4568 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL); 4569 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc); 4570 } 4571 else 4572 switch (b->type) 4573 { 4574 case bp_none: 4575 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 4576 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n")); 4577 break; 4578 4579 case bp_watchpoint: 4580 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 4581 case bp_read_watchpoint: 4582 case bp_access_watchpoint: 4583 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns 4584 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect 4585 is relatively readable). */ 4586 if (opts.addressprint) 4587 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 4588 annotate_field (5); 4589 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string); 4590 break; 4591 4592 case bp_breakpoint: 4593 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 4594 case bp_until: 4595 case bp_finish: 4596 case bp_longjmp: 4597 case bp_longjmp_resume: 4598 case bp_step_resume: 4599 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 4600 case bp_call_dummy: 4601 case bp_std_terminate: 4602 case bp_shlib_event: 4603 case bp_thread_event: 4604 case bp_overlay_event: 4605 case bp_longjmp_master: 4606 case bp_std_terminate_master: 4607 case bp_tracepoint: 4608 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 4609 case bp_static_tracepoint: 4610 case bp_jit_event: 4611 if (opts.addressprint) 4612 { 4613 annotate_field (4); 4614 if (header_of_multiple) 4615 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>"); 4616 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled) 4617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>"); 4618 else 4619 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", 4620 loc->gdbarch, loc->address); 4621 } 4622 annotate_field (5); 4623 if (!header_of_multiple) 4624 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb); 4625 if (b->loc) 4626 *last_loc = b->loc; 4627 break; 4628 } 4629 4630 4631 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there 4632 are several. */ 4633 if (loc != NULL 4634 && !header_of_multiple 4635 && (allflag 4636 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch) 4637 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1 4638 || number_of_inferiors () > 1) 4639 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in moribund_locations and 4640 thus having NULL OWNER. */ 4641 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))) 4642 { 4643 struct inferior *inf; 4644 int first = 1; 4645 4646 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next) 4647 { 4648 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace) 4649 { 4650 if (first) 4651 { 4652 first = 0; 4653 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf "); 4654 } 4655 else 4656 ui_out_text (uiout, ", "); 4657 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num)); 4658 } 4659 } 4660 } 4661 4662 if (!part_of_multiple) 4663 { 4664 if (b->thread != -1) 4665 { 4666 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the 4667 "stop only in" line a little further down. */ 4668 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread "); 4669 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread); 4670 } 4671 else if (b->task != 0) 4672 { 4673 ui_out_text (uiout, " task "); 4674 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task); 4675 } 4676 } 4677 4678 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 4679 4680 if (!part_of_multiple && b->static_trace_marker_id) 4681 { 4682 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint); 4683 4684 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is "); 4685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id", 4686 b->static_trace_marker_id); 4687 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 4688 } 4689 4690 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id)) 4691 { 4692 annotate_field (6); 4693 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at "); 4694 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside 4695 the frame ID. */ 4696 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", 4697 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr); 4698 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 4699 } 4700 4701 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b)) 4702 { 4703 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints 4704 because the condition is an internal implementation detail 4705 that we do not want to expose to the user. */ 4706 annotate_field (7); 4707 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 4708 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if "); 4709 else 4710 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if "); 4711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string); 4712 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 4713 } 4714 4715 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1) 4716 { 4717 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */ 4718 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread "); 4719 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread); 4720 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 4721 } 4722 4723 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count) 4724 { 4725 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */ 4726 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b)) 4727 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint"); 4728 else 4729 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint"); 4730 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit "); 4731 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count); 4732 if (b->hit_count == 1) 4733 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n"); 4734 else 4735 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n"); 4736 } 4737 4738 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is 4739 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */ 4740 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 4741 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0) 4742 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count); 4743 4744 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count) 4745 { 4746 annotate_field (8); 4747 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next "); 4748 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count); 4749 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n"); 4750 } 4751 4752 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL; 4753 if (!part_of_multiple && l) 4754 { 4755 struct cleanup *script_chain; 4756 4757 annotate_field (9); 4758 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script"); 4759 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4); 4760 do_cleanups (script_chain); 4761 } 4762 4763 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count) 4764 { 4765 annotate_field (10); 4766 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count "); 4767 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count); 4768 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n"); 4769 } 4770 4771 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple) 4772 { 4773 if (b->addr_string) 4774 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string); 4775 else if (b->exp_string) 4776 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string); 4777 } 4778 4779 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain); 4780 do_cleanups (old_chain); 4781 } 4782 4783 static void 4784 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 4785 struct bp_location **last_loc, int print_address_bits, 4786 int allflag) 4787 { 4788 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, 4789 print_address_bits, allflag); 4790 4791 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function, 4792 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual 4793 locations, if any. */ 4794 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL) 4795 { 4796 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is 4797 disabled, we print it as if it had 4798 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to 4799 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled" 4800 situation. 4801 Note that while hardware watchpoints have 4802 several locations internally, that's no a property 4803 exposed to user. */ 4804 if (b->loc 4805 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b) 4806 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled) 4807 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 4808 { 4809 struct bp_location *loc; 4810 int n = 1; 4811 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n) 4812 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, 4813 print_address_bits, allflag); 4814 } 4815 } 4816 } 4817 4818 static int 4819 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b) 4820 { 4821 int print_address_bits = 0; 4822 struct bp_location *loc; 4823 4824 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 4825 { 4826 int addr_bit; 4827 4828 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have 4829 an address to print. */ 4830 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1) 4831 continue; 4832 4833 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch); 4834 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits) 4835 print_address_bits = addr_bit; 4836 } 4837 4838 return print_address_bits; 4839 } 4840 4841 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args 4842 { 4843 int bnum; 4844 }; 4845 4846 static int 4847 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data) 4848 { 4849 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data; 4850 struct breakpoint *b; 4851 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL; 4852 4853 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4854 { 4855 if (args->bnum == b->number) 4856 { 4857 int print_address_bits = breakpoint_address_bits (b); 4858 4859 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, print_address_bits, 0); 4860 return GDB_RC_OK; 4861 } 4862 } 4863 return GDB_RC_NONE; 4864 } 4865 4866 enum gdb_rc 4867 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message) 4868 { 4869 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args; 4870 4871 args.bnum = bnum; 4872 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw 4873 an error. */ 4874 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args, 4875 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0) 4876 return GDB_RC_FAIL; 4877 else 4878 return GDB_RC_OK; 4879 } 4880 4881 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints, 4882 catchpoints, et.al.). */ 4883 4884 static int 4885 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b) 4886 { 4887 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint 4888 || b->type == bp_catchpoint 4889 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint 4890 || is_tracepoint (b) 4891 || is_watchpoint (b)); 4892 } 4893 4894 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc) 4895 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints. 4896 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If 4897 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the 4898 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of 4899 breakpoints listed. */ 4900 4901 static int 4902 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag, int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *)) 4903 { 4904 struct breakpoint *b; 4905 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL; 4906 int nr_printable_breakpoints; 4907 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain; 4908 struct value_print_options opts; 4909 int print_address_bits = 0; 4910 4911 get_user_print_options (&opts); 4912 4913 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the 4914 size required for address fields. */ 4915 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0; 4916 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4917 if (bnum == -1 4918 || bnum == b->number) 4919 { 4920 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */ 4921 if (filter && !filter (b)) 4922 continue; 4923 4924 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b)) 4925 { 4926 int addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b); 4927 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits) 4928 print_address_bits = addr_bit; 4929 4930 nr_printable_breakpoints++; 4931 } 4932 } 4933 4934 if (opts.addressprint) 4935 bkpttbl_chain 4936 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, 4937 "BreakpointTable"); 4938 else 4939 bkpttbl_chain 4940 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, 4941 "BreakpointTable"); 4942 4943 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4944 annotate_breakpoints_headers (); 4945 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4946 annotate_field (0); 4947 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */ 4948 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4949 annotate_field (1); 4950 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */ 4951 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4952 annotate_field (2); 4953 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */ 4954 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4955 annotate_field (3); 4956 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */ 4957 if (opts.addressprint) 4958 { 4959 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4960 annotate_field (4); 4961 if (print_address_bits <= 32) 4962 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ 4963 else 4964 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */ 4965 } 4966 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4967 annotate_field (5); 4968 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */ 4969 ui_out_table_body (uiout); 4970 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0) 4971 annotate_breakpoints_table (); 4972 4973 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 4974 { 4975 QUIT; 4976 if (bnum == -1 4977 || bnum == b->number) 4978 { 4979 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */ 4980 if (filter && !filter (b)) 4981 continue; 4982 4983 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the 4984 allflag is set. */ 4985 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b)) 4986 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, print_address_bits, allflag); 4987 } 4988 } 4989 4990 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain); 4991 4992 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0) 4993 { 4994 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report empty list. */ 4995 if (!filter) 4996 { 4997 if (bnum == -1) 4998 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n"); 4999 else 5000 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n", 5001 bnum); 5002 } 5003 } 5004 else 5005 { 5006 if (last_loc && !server_command) 5007 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address); 5008 } 5009 5010 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when 5011 there have been breakpoints? */ 5012 annotate_breakpoints_table_end (); 5013 5014 return nr_printable_breakpoints; 5015 } 5016 5017 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally 5018 compatible with the breakpoint list. */ 5019 5020 static void 5021 default_collect_info (void) 5022 { 5023 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a 5024 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's 5025 not wanted. */ 5026 if (!*default_collect) 5027 return; 5028 5029 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect 5030 actions. */ 5031 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect "); 5032 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect); 5033 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n"); 5034 } 5035 5036 static void 5037 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty) 5038 { 5039 int bnum = -1; 5040 5041 if (bnum_exp) 5042 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp); 5043 5044 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0, NULL); 5045 5046 default_collect_info (); 5047 } 5048 5049 static void 5050 watchpoints_info (char *wpnum_exp, int from_tty) 5051 { 5052 int wpnum = -1, num_printed; 5053 5054 if (wpnum_exp) 5055 wpnum = parse_and_eval_long (wpnum_exp); 5056 5057 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (wpnum, 0, is_watchpoint); 5058 5059 if (num_printed == 0) 5060 { 5061 if (wpnum == -1) 5062 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n"); 5063 else 5064 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint number %d.\n", wpnum); 5065 } 5066 } 5067 5068 static void 5069 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty) 5070 { 5071 int bnum = -1; 5072 5073 if (bnum_exp) 5074 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp); 5075 5076 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1, NULL); 5077 5078 default_collect_info (); 5079 } 5080 5081 static int 5082 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, 5083 struct program_space *pspace, 5084 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) 5085 { 5086 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc; 5087 5088 for (; bl; bl = bl->next) 5089 { 5090 if (bl->pspace == pspace 5091 && bl->address == pc 5092 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section)) 5093 return 1; 5094 } 5095 return 0; 5096 } 5097 5098 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This 5099 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not 5100 address spaces. */ 5101 5102 static void 5103 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 5104 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc, 5105 struct obj_section *section, int thread) 5106 { 5107 int others = 0; 5108 struct breakpoint *b; 5109 5110 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 5111 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section); 5112 if (others > 0) 5113 { 5114 if (others == 1) 5115 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint ")); 5116 else /* if (others == ???) */ 5117 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints ")); 5118 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 5119 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section)) 5120 { 5121 others--; 5122 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number); 5123 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1) 5124 printf_filtered (" (all threads)"); 5125 else if (b->thread != -1) 5126 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread); 5127 printf_filtered ("%s%s ", 5128 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled 5129 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled 5130 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled) 5131 ? " (disabled)" 5132 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent 5133 ? " (permanent)" 5134 : ""), 5135 (others > 1) ? "," 5136 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : "")); 5137 } 5138 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc ")); 5139 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout); 5140 printf_filtered (".\n"); 5141 } 5142 } 5143 5144 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint 5145 for the `break' command with no arguments. */ 5146 5147 void 5148 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, struct program_space *pspace, 5149 CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab, 5150 int line) 5151 { 5152 default_breakpoint_valid = valid; 5153 default_breakpoint_pspace = pspace; 5154 default_breakpoint_address = addr; 5155 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab; 5156 default_breakpoint_line = line; 5157 } 5158 5159 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of 5160 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant 5161 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses 5162 (or use it for any other purpose either). 5163 5164 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always 5165 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of 5166 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero: 5167 5168 bp_watchpoint 5169 bp_catchpoint 5170 5171 */ 5172 5173 static int 5174 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt) 5175 { 5176 enum bptype type = bpt->type; 5177 5178 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint); 5179 } 5180 5181 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns 5182 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */ 5183 5184 static int 5185 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2) 5186 { 5187 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */ 5188 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL); 5189 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL); 5190 5191 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware, then we 5192 we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at the same place. 5193 Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when the condition of whichever 5194 watchpoint was inserted evaluates to true, not giving a chance for GDB to 5195 check the condition of the other watchpoint. */ 5196 if ((loc1->owner->cond_exp 5197 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address, loc1->length, 5198 loc1->watchpoint_type, 5199 loc1->owner->cond_exp)) 5200 || (loc2->owner->cond_exp 5201 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address, loc2->length, 5202 loc2->watchpoint_type, 5203 loc2->owner->cond_exp))) 5204 return 0; 5205 5206 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In 5207 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does 5208 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint 5209 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered 5210 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will 5211 become hw_access locations later. */ 5212 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type 5213 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace 5214 && loc1->address == loc2->address 5215 && loc1->length == loc2->length); 5216 } 5217 5218 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the 5219 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true 5220 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global 5221 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */ 5222 5223 static int 5224 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1, 5225 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2) 5226 { 5227 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch) 5228 || aspace1 == aspace2) 5229 && addr1 == addr2); 5230 } 5231 5232 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses 5233 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 5234 represent the same location. */ 5235 5236 static int 5237 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1, struct bp_location *loc2) 5238 { 5239 int hw_point1, hw_point2; 5240 5241 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */ 5242 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL); 5243 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL); 5244 5245 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner); 5246 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner); 5247 5248 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2) 5249 return 0; 5250 else if (hw_point1) 5251 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2); 5252 else 5253 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address, 5254 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address); 5255 } 5256 5257 static void 5258 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr, 5259 int bnum, int have_bnum) 5260 { 5261 char astr1[40]; 5262 char astr2[40]; 5263 5264 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8)); 5265 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8)); 5266 if (have_bnum) 5267 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."), 5268 bnum, astr1, astr2); 5269 else 5270 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2); 5271 } 5272 5273 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints 5274 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very 5275 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets, 5276 this function is simply the identity function. */ 5277 5278 static CORE_ADDR 5279 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 5280 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype) 5281 { 5282 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch)) 5283 { 5284 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */ 5285 return bpaddr; 5286 } 5287 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint 5288 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint 5289 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint 5290 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint 5291 || bptype == bp_catchpoint) 5292 { 5293 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not 5294 have their addresses modified. */ 5295 return bpaddr; 5296 } 5297 else 5298 { 5299 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr; 5300 5301 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement 5302 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */ 5303 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr); 5304 5305 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter 5306 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment 5307 is required. */ 5308 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr) 5309 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0); 5310 5311 return adjusted_bpaddr; 5312 } 5313 } 5314 5315 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */ 5316 5317 static struct bp_location * 5318 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt) 5319 { 5320 struct bp_location *loc; 5321 5322 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location)); 5323 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc)); 5324 5325 loc->owner = bpt; 5326 loc->cond = NULL; 5327 loc->shlib_disabled = 0; 5328 loc->enabled = 1; 5329 5330 switch (bpt->type) 5331 { 5332 case bp_breakpoint: 5333 case bp_until: 5334 case bp_finish: 5335 case bp_longjmp: 5336 case bp_longjmp_resume: 5337 case bp_step_resume: 5338 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 5339 case bp_call_dummy: 5340 case bp_std_terminate: 5341 case bp_shlib_event: 5342 case bp_thread_event: 5343 case bp_overlay_event: 5344 case bp_jit_event: 5345 case bp_longjmp_master: 5346 case bp_std_terminate_master: 5347 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint; 5348 break; 5349 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 5350 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint; 5351 break; 5352 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 5353 case bp_read_watchpoint: 5354 case bp_access_watchpoint: 5355 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint; 5356 break; 5357 case bp_watchpoint: 5358 case bp_catchpoint: 5359 case bp_tracepoint: 5360 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 5361 case bp_static_tracepoint: 5362 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other; 5363 break; 5364 default: 5365 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type")); 5366 } 5367 5368 return loc; 5369 } 5370 5371 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc) 5372 { 5373 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */ 5374 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? 5375 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just 5376 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list 5377 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat; 5378 if we remove it here, then the later call to 5379 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); 5380 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints 5381 with commands won't work. */ 5382 5383 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback, loc); 5384 5385 if (loc->cond) 5386 xfree (loc->cond); 5387 5388 if (loc->function_name) 5389 xfree (loc->function_name); 5390 5391 xfree (loc); 5392 } 5393 5394 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint 5395 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */ 5396 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */ 5397 5398 static struct breakpoint * 5399 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 5400 enum bptype bptype) 5401 { 5402 struct breakpoint *b, *b1; 5403 5404 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint)); 5405 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b)); 5406 5407 b->type = bptype; 5408 b->gdbarch = gdbarch; 5409 b->language = current_language->la_language; 5410 b->input_radix = input_radix; 5411 b->thread = -1; 5412 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 5413 b->next = 0; 5414 b->silent = 0; 5415 b->ignore_count = 0; 5416 b->commands = NULL; 5417 b->frame_id = null_frame_id; 5418 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid; 5419 b->exec_pathname = NULL; 5420 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = NULL; 5421 b->ops = NULL; 5422 b->condition_not_parsed = 0; 5423 5424 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain 5425 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order 5426 of increasing numbers. */ 5427 5428 b1 = breakpoint_chain; 5429 if (b1 == 0) 5430 breakpoint_chain = b; 5431 else 5432 { 5433 while (b1->next) 5434 b1 = b1->next; 5435 b1->next = b; 5436 } 5437 return b; 5438 } 5439 5440 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */ 5441 static void 5442 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc) 5443 { 5444 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL); 5445 5446 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint 5447 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint 5448 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner)) 5449 { 5450 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name), 5451 NULL, NULL); 5452 if (loc->function_name) 5453 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name); 5454 } 5455 } 5456 5457 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */ 5458 static struct gdbarch * 5459 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal) 5460 { 5461 if (sal.section) 5462 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile); 5463 if (sal.symtab) 5464 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile); 5465 5466 return NULL; 5467 } 5468 5469 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and 5470 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly 5471 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line 5472 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially 5473 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and 5474 is also returned as the value of this function. 5475 5476 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of 5477 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status 5478 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In 5479 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint 5480 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur 5481 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this 5482 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */ 5483 5484 struct breakpoint * 5485 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 5486 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype) 5487 { 5488 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, bptype); 5489 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address; 5490 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch; 5491 5492 loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); 5493 if (!loc_gdbarch) 5494 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch; 5495 5496 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint) 5497 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL); 5498 5499 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location. 5500 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized 5501 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the 5502 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do 5503 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and 5504 location that's only been partially initialized. */ 5505 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch, sal.pc, b->type); 5506 5507 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b); 5508 b->loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch; 5509 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc; 5510 b->loc->address = adjusted_address; 5511 b->loc->pspace = sal.pspace; 5512 5513 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for 5514 breakpoint resetting. */ 5515 b->pspace = sal.pspace; 5516 5517 if (sal.symtab == NULL) 5518 b->source_file = NULL; 5519 else 5520 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename); 5521 b->loc->section = sal.section; 5522 b->line_number = sal.line; 5523 5524 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc); 5525 5526 breakpoints_changed (); 5527 5528 return b; 5529 } 5530 5531 5532 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint 5533 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */ 5534 void 5535 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b) 5536 { 5537 struct bp_location *bl; 5538 5539 b->enable_state = bp_permanent; 5540 5541 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code. 5542 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent 5543 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable 5544 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not, 5545 but it's easy to implmement. */ 5546 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next) 5547 bl->inserted = 1; 5548 } 5549 5550 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint 5551 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call 5552 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */ 5553 5554 void 5555 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread) 5556 { 5557 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 5558 5559 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step, 5560 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled 5561 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary 5562 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */ 5563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 5564 if (b->pspace == current_program_space 5565 && b->type == bp_longjmp_master) 5566 { 5567 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b); 5568 5569 clone->type = bp_longjmp; 5570 clone->thread = thread; 5571 } 5572 } 5573 5574 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */ 5575 void 5576 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread) 5577 { 5578 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 5579 5580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 5581 if (b->type == bp_longjmp) 5582 { 5583 if (b->thread == thread) 5584 delete_breakpoint (b); 5585 } 5586 } 5587 5588 void 5589 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void) 5590 { 5591 struct breakpoint *b; 5592 5593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 5594 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event) 5595 { 5596 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 5597 update_global_location_list (1); 5598 overlay_events_enabled = 1; 5599 } 5600 } 5601 5602 void 5603 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void) 5604 { 5605 struct breakpoint *b; 5606 5607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 5608 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event) 5609 { 5610 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 5611 update_global_location_list (0); 5612 overlay_events_enabled = 0; 5613 } 5614 } 5615 5616 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate 5617 master breakpoint. */ 5618 void 5619 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void) 5620 { 5621 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 5622 5623 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 5624 if (b->pspace == current_program_space 5625 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master) 5626 { 5627 struct breakpoint *clone = clone_momentary_breakpoint (b); 5628 clone->type = bp_std_terminate; 5629 } 5630 } 5631 5632 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */ 5633 void 5634 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void) 5635 { 5636 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 5637 5638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 5639 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate) 5640 delete_breakpoint (b); 5641 } 5642 5643 struct breakpoint * 5644 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) 5645 { 5646 struct breakpoint *b; 5647 5648 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event); 5649 5650 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 5651 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */ 5652 b->addr_string 5653 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address)); 5654 5655 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 5656 5657 return b; 5658 } 5659 5660 void 5661 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void) 5662 { 5663 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 5664 5665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 5666 if (b->type == bp_thread_event 5667 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space) 5668 delete_breakpoint (b); 5669 } 5670 5671 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args 5672 { 5673 char **arg_p; 5674 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p; 5675 char ***addr_string_p; 5676 int *not_found_ptr; 5677 }; 5678 5679 struct lang_and_radix 5680 { 5681 enum language lang; 5682 int radix; 5683 }; 5684 5685 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */ 5686 5687 struct breakpoint * 5688 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) 5689 { 5690 struct breakpoint *b; 5691 5692 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event); 5693 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 5694 return b; 5695 } 5696 5697 void 5698 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void) 5699 { 5700 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 5701 5702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 5703 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event 5704 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space) 5705 delete_breakpoint (b); 5706 } 5707 5708 struct breakpoint * 5709 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address) 5710 { 5711 struct breakpoint *b; 5712 5713 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event); 5714 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 5715 return b; 5716 } 5717 5718 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only 5719 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */ 5720 5721 void 5722 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void) 5723 { 5724 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp; 5725 5726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp) 5727 { 5728 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 5729 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; 5730 5731 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled 5732 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint 5733 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert 5734 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try 5735 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */ 5736 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) 5737 || (b->type == bp_jit_event) 5738 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 5739 || (is_tracepoint (b))) 5740 && loc->pspace == current_program_space 5741 && !loc->shlib_disabled 5742 #ifdef PC_SOLIB 5743 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address) 5744 #else 5745 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address) 5746 #endif 5747 ) 5748 { 5749 loc->shlib_disabled = 1; 5750 } 5751 } 5752 } 5753 5754 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only 5755 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */ 5756 5757 static void 5758 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib) 5759 { 5760 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp; 5761 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0; 5762 5763 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not 5764 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded 5765 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library 5766 list. See clear_solib for more information. */ 5767 if (exec_bfd != NULL 5768 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour) 5769 return; 5770 5771 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp) 5772 { 5773 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 5774 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; 5775 5776 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint 5777 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint) 5778 && solib->pspace == loc->pspace 5779 && !loc->shlib_disabled 5780 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint 5781 || b->type == bp_jit_event 5782 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 5783 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address)) 5784 { 5785 loc->shlib_disabled = 1; 5786 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint 5787 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted 5788 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */ 5789 loc->inserted = 0; 5790 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks) 5791 { 5792 target_terminal_ours_for_output (); 5793 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""), 5794 solib->so_name); 5795 } 5796 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1; 5797 } 5798 } 5799 } 5800 5801 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */ 5802 5803 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ 5804 5805 static void 5806 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) 5807 { 5808 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 5809 } 5810 5811 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ 5812 5813 static int 5814 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) 5815 { 5816 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 5817 } 5818 5819 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork 5820 catchpoints. */ 5821 5822 static int 5823 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) 5824 { 5825 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid); 5826 } 5827 5828 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ 5829 5830 static enum print_stop_action 5831 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) 5832 { 5833 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 5834 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "), 5835 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); 5836 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 5837 } 5838 5839 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */ 5840 5841 static void 5842 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) 5843 { 5844 struct value_print_options opts; 5845 5846 get_user_print_options (&opts); 5847 5848 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns 5849 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect 5850 is relatively readable). */ 5851 if (opts.addressprint) 5852 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 5853 annotate_field (5); 5854 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork"); 5855 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid)) 5856 { 5857 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process "); 5858 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", 5859 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); 5860 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); 5861 } 5862 } 5863 5864 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork 5865 catchpoints. */ 5866 5867 static void 5868 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b) 5869 { 5870 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number); 5871 } 5872 5873 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork 5874 catchpoints. */ 5875 5876 static void 5877 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 5878 { 5879 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork"); 5880 } 5881 5882 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */ 5883 5884 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops = 5885 { 5886 insert_catch_fork, 5887 remove_catch_fork, 5888 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork, 5889 print_it_catch_fork, 5890 print_one_catch_fork, 5891 print_mention_catch_fork, 5892 print_recreate_catch_fork 5893 }; 5894 5895 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ 5896 5897 static void 5898 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) 5899 { 5900 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 5901 } 5902 5903 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ 5904 5905 static int 5906 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) 5907 { 5908 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 5909 } 5910 5911 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 5912 catchpoints. */ 5913 5914 static int 5915 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) 5916 { 5917 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid); 5918 } 5919 5920 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ 5921 5922 static enum print_stop_action 5923 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) 5924 { 5925 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 5926 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "), 5927 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); 5928 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 5929 } 5930 5931 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */ 5932 5933 static void 5934 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) 5935 { 5936 struct value_print_options opts; 5937 5938 get_user_print_options (&opts); 5939 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns 5940 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect 5941 is relatively readable). */ 5942 if (opts.addressprint) 5943 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 5944 annotate_field (5); 5945 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork"); 5946 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid)) 5947 { 5948 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process "); 5949 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", 5950 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid)); 5951 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1); 5952 } 5953 } 5954 5955 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 5956 catchpoints. */ 5957 5958 static void 5959 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b) 5960 { 5961 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number); 5962 } 5963 5964 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork 5965 catchpoints. */ 5966 5967 static void 5968 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 5969 { 5970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork"); 5971 } 5972 5973 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */ 5974 5975 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops = 5976 { 5977 insert_catch_vfork, 5978 remove_catch_vfork, 5979 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork, 5980 print_it_catch_vfork, 5981 print_one_catch_vfork, 5982 print_mention_catch_vfork, 5983 print_recreate_catch_vfork 5984 }; 5985 5986 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 5987 catchpoints. */ 5988 5989 static void 5990 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) 5991 { 5992 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); 5993 5994 ++inf->total_syscalls_count; 5995 if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught) 5996 ++inf->any_syscall_count; 5997 else 5998 { 5999 int i, iter; 6000 6001 for (i = 0; 6002 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 6003 i++) 6004 { 6005 int elem; 6006 6007 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts)) 6008 { 6009 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts); 6010 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int)); 6011 uintptr_t vec_addr; 6012 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1); 6013 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) + 6014 vec_addr_offset; 6015 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0, 6016 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int)); 6017 } 6018 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter); 6019 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem); 6020 } 6021 } 6022 6023 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), 6024 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0, 6025 inf->any_syscall_count, 6026 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts), 6027 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts)); 6028 } 6029 6030 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 6031 catchpoints. */ 6032 6033 static int 6034 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) 6035 { 6036 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); 6037 6038 --inf->total_syscalls_count; 6039 if (!b->syscalls_to_be_caught) 6040 --inf->any_syscall_count; 6041 else 6042 { 6043 int i, iter; 6044 6045 for (i = 0; 6046 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 6047 i++) 6048 { 6049 int elem; 6050 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts)) 6051 /* Shouldn't happen. */ 6052 continue; 6053 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter); 6054 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem); 6055 } 6056 } 6057 6058 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), 6059 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0, 6060 inf->any_syscall_count, 6061 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts), 6062 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts)); 6063 } 6064 6065 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 6066 catchpoints. */ 6067 6068 static int 6069 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) 6070 { 6071 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint. 6072 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same 6073 syscall we are catching. */ 6074 int syscall_number = 0; 6075 6076 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number)) 6077 return 0; 6078 6079 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */ 6080 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) 6081 { 6082 int i, iter; 6083 6084 for (i = 0; 6085 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 6086 i++) 6087 if (syscall_number == iter) 6088 break; 6089 /* Not the same. */ 6090 if (!iter) 6091 return 0; 6092 } 6093 6094 return 1; 6095 } 6096 6097 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 6098 catchpoints. */ 6099 6100 static enum print_stop_action 6101 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) 6102 { 6103 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a 6104 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY 6105 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we 6106 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */ 6107 ptid_t ptid; 6108 struct target_waitstatus last; 6109 struct syscall s; 6110 struct cleanup *old_chain; 6111 char *syscall_id; 6112 6113 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last); 6114 6115 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s); 6116 6117 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 6118 6119 if (s.name == NULL) 6120 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number); 6121 else 6122 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name); 6123 6124 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id); 6125 6126 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY) 6127 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "), 6128 b->number, syscall_id); 6129 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN) 6130 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "), 6131 b->number, syscall_id); 6132 6133 do_cleanups (old_chain); 6134 6135 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 6136 } 6137 6138 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 6139 catchpoints. */ 6140 6141 static void 6142 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, 6143 struct bp_location **last_loc) 6144 { 6145 struct value_print_options opts; 6146 6147 get_user_print_options (&opts); 6148 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns 6149 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect 6150 is relatively readable). */ 6151 if (opts.addressprint) 6152 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 6153 annotate_field (5); 6154 6155 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught 6156 && VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1) 6157 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \""); 6158 else 6159 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \""); 6160 6161 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) 6162 { 6163 int i, iter; 6164 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", ""); 6165 6166 for (i = 0; 6167 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 6168 i++) 6169 { 6170 char *x = text; 6171 struct syscall s; 6172 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); 6173 6174 if (s.name != NULL) 6175 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name); 6176 else 6177 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter); 6178 6179 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x') 6180 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it 6181 on every call. */ 6182 xfree (x); 6183 } 6184 /* Remove the last comma. */ 6185 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0'; 6186 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text); 6187 } 6188 else 6189 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>"); 6190 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); 6191 } 6192 6193 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 6194 catchpoints. */ 6195 6196 static void 6197 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b) 6198 { 6199 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) 6200 { 6201 int i, iter; 6202 6203 if (VEC_length (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1) 6204 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number); 6205 else 6206 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number); 6207 6208 for (i = 0; 6209 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 6210 i++) 6211 { 6212 struct syscall s; 6213 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); 6214 6215 if (s.name) 6216 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number); 6217 else 6218 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number); 6219 } 6220 printf_filtered (")"); 6221 } 6222 else 6223 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"), 6224 b->number); 6225 } 6226 6227 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall 6228 catchpoints. */ 6229 6230 static void 6231 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 6232 { 6233 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall"); 6234 6235 if (b->syscalls_to_be_caught) 6236 { 6237 int i, iter; 6238 6239 for (i = 0; 6240 VEC_iterate (int, b->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 6241 i++) 6242 { 6243 struct syscall s; 6244 6245 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s); 6246 if (s.name) 6247 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name); 6248 else 6249 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number); 6250 } 6251 } 6252 } 6253 6254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */ 6255 6256 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops = 6257 { 6258 insert_catch_syscall, 6259 remove_catch_syscall, 6260 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall, 6261 print_it_catch_syscall, 6262 print_one_catch_syscall, 6263 print_mention_catch_syscall, 6264 print_recreate_catch_syscall 6265 }; 6266 6267 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */ 6268 6269 static int 6270 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b) 6271 { 6272 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops); 6273 } 6274 6275 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it, 6276 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list. 6277 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the 6278 struct breakpoint before calling mention. 6279 6280 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. 6281 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. 6282 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated 6283 to the catchpoint. */ 6284 6285 static struct breakpoint * 6286 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag, 6287 char *cond_string, 6288 struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 6289 { 6290 struct symtab_and_line sal; 6291 struct breakpoint *b; 6292 6293 init_sal (&sal); 6294 sal.pspace = current_program_space; 6295 6296 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint); 6297 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); 6298 b->number = breakpoint_count; 6299 6300 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string); 6301 b->thread = -1; 6302 b->addr_string = NULL; 6303 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 6304 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; 6305 b->ops = ops; 6306 6307 return b; 6308 } 6309 6310 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it. 6311 6312 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. 6313 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. 6314 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated 6315 to the catchpoint. */ 6316 6317 static struct breakpoint * 6318 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag, 6319 char *cond_string, struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 6320 { 6321 struct breakpoint *b = 6322 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops); 6323 6324 mention (b); 6325 update_global_location_list (1); 6326 6327 return b; 6328 } 6329 6330 static void 6331 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 6332 int tempflag, char *cond_string, 6333 struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 6334 { 6335 struct breakpoint *b 6336 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops); 6337 6338 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data 6339 area. */ 6340 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid; 6341 } 6342 6343 /* Exec catchpoints. */ 6344 6345 static void 6346 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) 6347 { 6348 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 6349 } 6350 6351 static int 6352 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) 6353 { 6354 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid)); 6355 } 6356 6357 static int 6358 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) 6359 { 6360 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname); 6361 } 6362 6363 static enum print_stop_action 6364 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) 6365 { 6366 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 6367 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number, 6368 b->exec_pathname); 6369 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 6370 } 6371 6372 static void 6373 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) 6374 { 6375 struct value_print_options opts; 6376 6377 get_user_print_options (&opts); 6378 6379 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns 6380 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect 6381 is relatively readable). */ 6382 if (opts.addressprint) 6383 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr"); 6384 annotate_field (5); 6385 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec"); 6386 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL) 6387 { 6388 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \""); 6389 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname); 6390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" "); 6391 } 6392 } 6393 6394 static void 6395 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b) 6396 { 6397 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number); 6398 } 6399 6400 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec 6401 catchpoints. */ 6402 6403 static void 6404 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 6405 { 6406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec"); 6407 } 6408 6409 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops = 6410 { 6411 insert_catch_exec, 6412 remove_catch_exec, 6413 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec, 6414 print_it_catch_exec, 6415 print_one_catch_exec, 6416 print_mention_catch_exec, 6417 print_recreate_catch_exec 6418 }; 6419 6420 static void 6421 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter, 6422 struct breakpoint_ops *ops) 6423 { 6424 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 6425 struct breakpoint *b = 6426 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops); 6427 6428 b->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter; 6429 6430 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global 6431 location list. */ 6432 mention (b); 6433 update_global_location_list (1); 6434 } 6435 6436 static int 6437 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void) 6438 { 6439 struct breakpoint *b; 6440 int i = 0; 6441 6442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6443 { 6444 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b)) 6445 i++; 6446 } 6447 6448 return i; 6449 } 6450 6451 static int 6452 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used) 6453 { 6454 struct breakpoint *b; 6455 int i = 0; 6456 6457 *other_type_used = 0; 6458 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6459 { 6460 if (breakpoint_enabled (b)) 6461 { 6462 if (b->type == type) 6463 i++; 6464 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)) 6465 *other_type_used = 1; 6466 } 6467 } 6468 return i; 6469 } 6470 6471 void 6472 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void) 6473 { 6474 struct breakpoint *b; 6475 6476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6477 { 6478 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b)) 6479 { 6480 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled; 6481 update_global_location_list (0); 6482 } 6483 } 6484 } 6485 6486 void 6487 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void) 6488 { 6489 struct breakpoint *b; 6490 6491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6492 { 6493 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled) 6494 { 6495 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 6496 update_global_location_list (1); 6497 } 6498 } 6499 } 6500 6501 void 6502 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void) 6503 { 6504 struct breakpoint *b; 6505 int found = 0; 6506 6507 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6508 { 6509 if (b->pspace != current_program_space) 6510 continue; 6511 6512 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint 6513 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 6514 && breakpoint_enabled (b)) 6515 { 6516 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled; 6517 found = 1; 6518 } 6519 } 6520 6521 if (found) 6522 update_global_location_list (0); 6523 6524 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1; 6525 } 6526 6527 void 6528 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void) 6529 { 6530 struct breakpoint *b; 6531 int found = 0; 6532 6533 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0; 6534 6535 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 6536 { 6537 if (b->pspace != current_program_space) 6538 continue; 6539 6540 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint 6541 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 6542 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled) 6543 { 6544 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 6545 found = 1; 6546 } 6547 } 6548 6549 if (found) 6550 breakpoint_re_set (); 6551 } 6552 6553 6554 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command 6555 at address specified by SAL. 6556 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */ 6557 6558 struct breakpoint * 6559 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal, 6560 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type) 6561 { 6562 struct breakpoint *b; 6563 6564 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined 6565 one. */ 6566 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id)); 6567 6568 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type); 6569 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 6570 b->disposition = disp_donttouch; 6571 b->frame_id = frame_id; 6572 6573 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we 6574 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a 6575 single thread of control. */ 6576 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid)) 6577 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid); 6578 6579 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1); 6580 6581 return b; 6582 } 6583 6584 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if 6585 ORIG is NULL. */ 6586 6587 struct breakpoint * 6588 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig) 6589 { 6590 struct breakpoint *copy; 6591 6592 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */ 6593 if (orig == NULL) 6594 return NULL; 6595 6596 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, orig->type); 6597 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy); 6598 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc); 6599 6600 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch; 6601 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address; 6602 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address; 6603 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section; 6604 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace; 6605 6606 if (orig->source_file == NULL) 6607 copy->source_file = NULL; 6608 else 6609 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file); 6610 6611 copy->line_number = orig->line_number; 6612 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id; 6613 copy->thread = orig->thread; 6614 copy->pspace = orig->pspace; 6615 6616 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled; 6617 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch; 6618 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--; 6619 6620 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0); 6621 return copy; 6622 } 6623 6624 struct breakpoint * 6625 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, 6626 enum bptype type) 6627 { 6628 struct symtab_and_line sal; 6629 6630 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); 6631 sal.pc = pc; 6632 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc); 6633 sal.explicit_pc = 1; 6634 6635 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type); 6636 } 6637 6638 6639 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */ 6640 6641 static void 6642 mention (struct breakpoint *b) 6643 { 6644 int say_where = 0; 6645 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain; 6646 struct value_print_options opts; 6647 6648 get_user_print_options (&opts); 6649 6650 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like 6651 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should 6652 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the 6653 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */ 6654 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number); 6655 6656 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL) 6657 b->ops->print_mention (b); 6658 else 6659 switch (b->type) 6660 { 6661 case bp_none: 6662 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number); 6663 break; 6664 case bp_watchpoint: 6665 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint "); 6666 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt"); 6667 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 6668 ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); 6669 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); 6670 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); 6671 break; 6672 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 6673 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint "); 6674 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt"); 6675 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 6676 ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); 6677 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); 6678 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); 6679 break; 6680 case bp_read_watchpoint: 6681 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint "); 6682 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt"); 6683 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 6684 ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); 6685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); 6686 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); 6687 break; 6688 case bp_access_watchpoint: 6689 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint "); 6690 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt"); 6691 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number); 6692 ui_out_text (uiout, ": "); 6693 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string); 6694 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain); 6695 break; 6696 case bp_breakpoint: 6697 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6698 { 6699 say_where = 0; 6700 break; 6701 } 6702 if (b->disposition == disp_del) 6703 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint")); 6704 else 6705 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint")); 6706 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 6707 say_where = 1; 6708 break; 6709 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 6710 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6711 { 6712 say_where = 0; 6713 break; 6714 } 6715 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number); 6716 say_where = 1; 6717 break; 6718 case bp_tracepoint: 6719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6720 { 6721 say_where = 0; 6722 break; 6723 } 6724 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint")); 6725 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 6726 say_where = 1; 6727 break; 6728 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 6729 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6730 { 6731 say_where = 0; 6732 break; 6733 } 6734 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint")); 6735 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 6736 say_where = 1; 6737 break; 6738 case bp_static_tracepoint: 6739 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6740 { 6741 say_where = 0; 6742 break; 6743 } 6744 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint")); 6745 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number); 6746 say_where = 1; 6747 break; 6748 6749 case bp_until: 6750 case bp_finish: 6751 case bp_longjmp: 6752 case bp_longjmp_resume: 6753 case bp_step_resume: 6754 case bp_call_dummy: 6755 case bp_std_terminate: 6756 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 6757 case bp_shlib_event: 6758 case bp_thread_event: 6759 case bp_overlay_event: 6760 case bp_jit_event: 6761 case bp_longjmp_master: 6762 case bp_std_terminate_master: 6763 break; 6764 } 6765 6766 if (say_where) 6767 { 6768 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a 6769 single string. */ 6770 if (b->loc == NULL) 6771 { 6772 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string); 6773 } 6774 else 6775 { 6776 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL) 6777 { 6778 printf_filtered (" at "); 6779 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address), 6780 gdb_stdout); 6781 } 6782 if (b->source_file) 6783 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.", 6784 b->source_file, b->line_number); 6785 6786 if (b->loc->next) 6787 { 6788 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; 6789 int n = 0; 6790 for (; loc; loc = loc->next) 6791 ++n; 6792 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n); 6793 } 6794 6795 } 6796 } 6797 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 6798 return; 6799 printf_filtered ("\n"); 6800 } 6801 6802 6803 static struct bp_location * 6804 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 6805 const struct symtab_and_line *sal) 6806 { 6807 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp; 6808 6809 loc = allocate_bp_location (b); 6810 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next)) 6811 ; 6812 *tmp = loc; 6813 loc->gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal); 6814 if (!loc->gdbarch) 6815 loc->gdbarch = b->gdbarch; 6816 loc->requested_address = sal->pc; 6817 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch, 6818 loc->requested_address, b->type); 6819 loc->pspace = sal->pspace; 6820 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL); 6821 loc->section = sal->section; 6822 6823 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc); 6824 return loc; 6825 } 6826 6827 6828 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint, 6829 return 0 otherwise. */ 6830 6831 static int 6832 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc) 6833 { 6834 int len; 6835 CORE_ADDR addr; 6836 const gdb_byte *brk; 6837 gdb_byte *target_mem; 6838 struct cleanup *cleanup; 6839 int retval = 0; 6840 6841 gdb_assert (loc != NULL); 6842 6843 addr = loc->address; 6844 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len); 6845 6846 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */ 6847 if (brk == NULL) 6848 return 0; 6849 6850 target_mem = alloca (len); 6851 6852 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while 6853 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary 6854 breakpoints they are permanent. */ 6855 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread (); 6856 6857 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace); 6858 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0); 6859 6860 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0 6861 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0) 6862 retval = 1; 6863 6864 do_cleanups (cleanup); 6865 6866 return retval; 6867 } 6868 6869 6870 6871 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING 6872 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING 6873 as condition expression. */ 6874 6875 static void 6876 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 6877 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string, 6878 char *cond_string, 6879 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition, 6880 int thread, int task, int ignore_count, 6881 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled) 6882 { 6883 struct breakpoint *b = NULL; 6884 int i; 6885 6886 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 6887 { 6888 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count (); 6889 int target_resources_ok = 6890 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint, 6891 i + 1, 0); 6892 if (target_resources_ok == 0) 6893 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target.")); 6894 else if (target_resources_ok < 0) 6895 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit.")); 6896 } 6897 6898 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0); 6899 6900 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) 6901 { 6902 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i]; 6903 struct bp_location *loc; 6904 6905 if (from_tty) 6906 { 6907 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); 6908 if (!loc_gdbarch) 6909 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch; 6910 6911 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch, 6912 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread); 6913 } 6914 6915 if (i == 0) 6916 { 6917 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type); 6918 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); 6919 b->number = breakpoint_count; 6920 b->thread = thread; 6921 b->task = task; 6922 6923 b->cond_string = cond_string; 6924 b->ignore_count = ignore_count; 6925 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled; 6926 b->disposition = disposition; 6927 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace; 6928 6929 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint) 6930 { 6931 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker; 6932 6933 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string)) 6934 { 6935 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we 6936 wouldn't see a sal for it. */ 6937 char *p = &addr_string[3]; 6938 char *endp; 6939 char *marker_str; 6940 int i; 6941 6942 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 6943 p++; 6944 6945 endp = p; 6946 while (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0') 6947 endp++; 6948 6949 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p); 6950 b->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str; 6951 6952 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"), 6953 b->static_trace_marker_id); 6954 } 6955 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker)) 6956 { 6957 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id); 6958 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker); 6959 6960 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"), 6961 b->static_trace_marker_id); 6962 } 6963 else 6964 warning (_("\ 6965 Couldn't determine the static tracepoint marker to probe")); 6966 } 6967 6968 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup 6969 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint 6970 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)) 6971 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled; 6972 6973 loc = b->loc; 6974 } 6975 else 6976 { 6977 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal); 6978 } 6979 6980 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc)) 6981 make_breakpoint_permanent (b); 6982 6983 if (b->cond_string) 6984 { 6985 char *arg = b->cond_string; 6986 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0); 6987 if (*arg) 6988 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg); 6989 } 6990 } 6991 6992 if (addr_string) 6993 b->addr_string = addr_string; 6994 else 6995 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete 6996 me. */ 6997 b->addr_string 6998 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address)); 6999 7000 b->ops = ops; 7001 mention (b); 7002 } 7003 7004 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other 7005 elements to fill the void space. */ 7006 static void 7007 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove) 7008 { 7009 int i = index_to_remove+1; 7010 int last_index = sal->nelts-1; 7011 7012 for (;i <= last_index; ++i) 7013 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i]; 7014 7015 --(sal->nelts); 7016 } 7017 7018 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file 7019 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs, 7020 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care 7021 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have 7022 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a 7023 single expanded sal, return the original. 7024 7025 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for 7026 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This 7027 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template 7028 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at 7029 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */ 7030 7031 static struct symtabs_and_lines 7032 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal) 7033 { 7034 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded; 7035 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc; 7036 char *original_function = NULL; 7037 int found; 7038 int i; 7039 struct cleanup *old_chain; 7040 7041 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand. 7042 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */ 7043 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL) 7044 { 7045 expanded.nelts = 1; 7046 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 7047 expanded.sals[0] = sal; 7048 return expanded; 7049 } 7050 7051 sal.pc = 0; 7052 7053 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); 7054 7055 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace); 7056 7057 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL); 7058 7059 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */ 7060 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal); 7061 7062 if (expanded.nelts == 1) 7063 { 7064 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it 7065 past the function prologue if necessary. */ 7066 xfree (expanded.sals); 7067 expanded.nelts = 1; 7068 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 7069 sal.pc = original_pc; 7070 expanded.sals[0] = sal; 7071 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]); 7072 do_cleanups (old_chain); 7073 return expanded; 7074 } 7075 7076 if (!sal.explicit_line) 7077 { 7078 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end; 7079 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i) 7080 { 7081 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc; 7082 char *this_function; 7083 7084 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to 7085 read memory. */ 7086 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace); 7087 7088 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function, 7089 &func_addr, &func_end)) 7090 { 7091 if (this_function 7092 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0) 7093 { 7094 remove_sal (&expanded, i); 7095 --i; 7096 } 7097 } 7098 } 7099 } 7100 7101 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */ 7102 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i) 7103 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]); 7104 7105 do_cleanups (old_chain); 7106 7107 if (expanded.nelts <= 1) 7108 { 7109 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero 7110 expanded sals then something is really wrong. 7111 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */ 7112 xfree (expanded.sals); 7113 expanded.nelts = 1; 7114 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 7115 sal.pc = original_pc; 7116 expanded.sals[0] = sal; 7117 return expanded; 7118 } 7119 7120 if (original_pc) 7121 { 7122 found = 0; 7123 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i) 7124 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc) 7125 { 7126 found = 1; 7127 break; 7128 } 7129 gdb_assert (found); 7130 } 7131 7132 return expanded; 7133 } 7134 7135 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each 7136 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i] 7137 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be 7138 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where 7139 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded 7140 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify 7141 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so 7142 we take just a single condition string. 7143 7144 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup 7145 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the 7146 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the 7147 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, 7148 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */ 7149 7150 static void 7151 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 7152 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string, 7153 char *cond_string, 7154 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition, 7155 int thread, int task, int ignore_count, 7156 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, 7157 int enabled) 7158 { 7159 int i; 7160 7161 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) 7162 { 7163 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = 7164 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]); 7165 7166 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i], 7167 cond_string, type, disposition, 7168 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled); 7169 } 7170 } 7171 7172 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly 7173 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL 7174 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical) 7175 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */ 7176 7177 static void 7178 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address, 7179 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals, 7180 char ***addr_string, 7181 int *not_found_ptr) 7182 { 7183 char *addr_start = *address; 7184 7185 *addr_string = NULL; 7186 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default 7187 breakpoint. */ 7188 if ((*address) == NULL 7189 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2]))) 7190 { 7191 if (default_breakpoint_valid) 7192 { 7193 struct symtab_and_line sal; 7194 7195 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */ 7196 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) 7197 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 7198 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address; 7199 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line; 7200 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab; 7201 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace; 7202 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc); 7203 7204 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is 7205 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set 7206 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of 7207 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line. 7208 */ 7209 sal.explicit_pc = 1; 7210 7211 sals->sals[0] = sal; 7212 sals->nelts = 1; 7213 } 7214 else 7215 error (_("No default breakpoint address now.")); 7216 } 7217 else 7218 { 7219 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the 7220 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This 7221 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while 7222 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. 7223 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which 7224 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */ 7225 7226 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line (); 7227 7228 if (default_breakpoint_valid 7229 && (!cursal.symtab 7230 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL) 7231 && ((*address)[1] != '[')))) 7232 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab, 7233 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string, 7234 not_found_ptr); 7235 else 7236 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, 7237 addr_string, not_found_ptr); 7238 } 7239 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */ 7240 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL) 7241 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **)); 7242 if (addr_start != (*address)) 7243 { 7244 int i; 7245 7246 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) 7247 { 7248 /* Add the string if not present. */ 7249 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL) 7250 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, 7251 (*address) - addr_start); 7252 } 7253 } 7254 } 7255 7256 7257 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be 7258 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */ 7259 7260 static void 7261 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 7262 { 7263 int i; 7264 7265 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) 7266 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]); 7267 } 7268 7269 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For 7270 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will 7271 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can 7272 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a 7273 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of 7274 it, etc. */ 7275 7276 static void 7277 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 7278 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals) 7279 { 7280 int i, rslt; 7281 struct symtab_and_line *sal; 7282 char *msg; 7283 struct cleanup *old_chain; 7284 7285 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++) 7286 { 7287 sal = &sals->sals[i]; 7288 7289 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc, 7290 NULL, &msg); 7291 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg); 7292 7293 if (!rslt) 7294 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"), 7295 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : "")); 7296 7297 do_cleanups (old_chain); 7298 } 7299 } 7300 7301 static void 7302 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data) 7303 { 7304 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data; 7305 7306 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p, 7307 args->not_found_ptr); 7308 } 7309 7310 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as 7311 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition 7312 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD. 7313 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed. 7314 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL. 7315 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */ 7316 static void 7317 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc, 7318 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task) 7319 { 7320 *cond_string = NULL; 7321 *thread = -1; 7322 while (tok && *tok) 7323 { 7324 char *end_tok; 7325 int toklen; 7326 char *cond_start = NULL; 7327 char *cond_end = NULL; 7328 7329 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t') 7330 tok++; 7331 7332 end_tok = tok; 7333 7334 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000') 7335 end_tok++; 7336 7337 toklen = end_tok - tok; 7338 7339 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0) 7340 { 7341 struct expression *expr; 7342 7343 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1; 7344 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0); 7345 xfree (expr); 7346 cond_end = tok; 7347 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, 7348 cond_end - cond_start); 7349 } 7350 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0) 7351 { 7352 char *tmptok; 7353 7354 tok = end_tok + 1; 7355 tmptok = tok; 7356 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0); 7357 if (tok == tmptok) 7358 error (_("Junk after thread keyword.")); 7359 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread)) 7360 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread); 7361 } 7362 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0) 7363 { 7364 char *tmptok; 7365 7366 tok = end_tok + 1; 7367 tmptok = tok; 7368 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0); 7369 if (tok == tmptok) 7370 error (_("Junk after task keyword.")); 7371 if (!valid_task_id (*task)) 7372 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task); 7373 } 7374 else 7375 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 7376 } 7377 } 7378 7379 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */ 7380 7381 static struct symtabs_and_lines 7382 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p) 7383 { 7384 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL; 7385 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 7386 struct symtab_and_line sal; 7387 struct symbol *sym; 7388 struct cleanup *old_chain; 7389 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3]; 7390 char *endp; 7391 char *marker_str; 7392 int i; 7393 7394 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 7395 p++; 7396 7397 endp = p; 7398 while (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0') 7399 endp++; 7400 7401 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p); 7402 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str); 7403 7404 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str); 7405 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers)) 7406 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str); 7407 7408 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers); 7409 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts); 7410 7411 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) 7412 { 7413 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker; 7414 7415 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i); 7416 7417 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]); 7418 7419 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0); 7420 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address; 7421 7422 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker); 7423 } 7424 7425 do_cleanups (old_chain); 7426 7427 *arg_p = endp; 7428 return sals; 7429 } 7430 7431 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI 7432 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major 7433 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD 7434 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting 7435 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just the 7436 location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by the 7437 COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. Returns true if any breakpoint 7438 was created; false otherwise. */ 7439 7440 int 7441 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 7442 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread, 7443 int parse_condition_and_thread, 7444 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted, 7445 int ignore_count, 7446 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support, 7447 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 7448 int from_tty, 7449 int enabled) 7450 { 7451 struct gdb_exception e; 7452 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 7453 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal; 7454 char *copy_arg; 7455 char *addr_start = arg; 7456 char **addr_string; 7457 struct cleanup *old_chain; 7458 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL; 7459 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args; 7460 int i; 7461 int pending = 0; 7462 int not_found = 0; 7463 int task = 0; 7464 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count; 7465 7466 sals.sals = NULL; 7467 sals.nelts = 0; 7468 addr_string = NULL; 7469 7470 parse_args.arg_p = &arg; 7471 parse_args.sals_p = &sals; 7472 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string; 7473 parse_args.not_found_ptr = ¬_found; 7474 7475 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg)) 7476 { 7477 int i; 7478 7479 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg); 7480 7481 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start); 7482 addr_string = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char **)); 7483 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) 7484 addr_string[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg); 7485 goto done; 7486 } 7487 7488 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint, 7489 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL); 7490 7491 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */ 7492 switch (e.reason) 7493 { 7494 case RETURN_QUIT: 7495 throw_exception (e); 7496 case RETURN_ERROR: 7497 switch (e.error) 7498 { 7499 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR: 7500 7501 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw 7502 error. */ 7503 7504 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE) 7505 throw_exception (e); 7506 7507 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e); 7508 7509 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user 7510 selects no, then simply return the error code. */ 7511 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO 7512 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? ")) 7513 return 0; 7514 7515 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting 7516 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending 7517 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint 7518 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */ 7519 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start); 7520 addr_string = ©_arg; 7521 sals.nelts = 1; 7522 sals.sals = &pending_sal; 7523 pending_sal.pc = 0; 7524 pending = 1; 7525 break; 7526 default: 7527 throw_exception (e); 7528 } 7529 default: 7530 if (!sals.nelts) 7531 return 0; 7532 } 7533 7534 done: 7535 7536 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */ 7537 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); 7538 7539 if (!pending) 7540 { 7541 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */ 7542 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); 7543 7544 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */ 7545 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string); 7546 } 7547 7548 /* ----------------------------- SNIP ----------------------------- 7549 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed 7550 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds 7551 then the memory is not reclaimed. */ 7552 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0); 7553 7554 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on 7555 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */ 7556 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) 7557 { 7558 if (addr_string[i] != NULL) 7559 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]); 7560 } 7561 7562 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses 7563 are ok for the target. */ 7564 if (!pending) 7565 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals); 7566 7567 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */ 7568 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint) 7569 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals); 7570 7571 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any 7572 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each 7573 breakpoint. */ 7574 if (!pending) 7575 { 7576 if (parse_condition_and_thread) 7577 { 7578 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition 7579 from thread number, so parsing in context of first 7580 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll 7581 re-parse it in context of each sal. */ 7582 cond_string = NULL; 7583 thread = -1; 7584 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, 7585 &thread, &task); 7586 if (cond_string) 7587 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); 7588 } 7589 else 7590 { 7591 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */ 7592 if (cond_string) 7593 { 7594 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string); 7595 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string); 7596 } 7597 } 7598 7599 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id 7600 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that 7601 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly 7602 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to 7603 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS 7604 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */ 7605 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint 7606 && is_marker_spec (addr_string[0])) 7607 { 7608 int i; 7609 7610 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) 7611 { 7612 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded; 7613 struct breakpoint *tp; 7614 struct cleanup *old_chain; 7615 7616 expanded.nelts = 1; 7617 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 7618 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i]; 7619 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals); 7620 7621 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, addr_string[i], 7622 cond_string, type_wanted, 7623 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch, 7624 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, 7625 from_tty, enabled); 7626 7627 do_cleanups (old_chain); 7628 7629 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */ 7630 tp = get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count); 7631 gdb_assert (tp != NULL); 7632 7633 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with 7634 the same string id, if the user is creating a static 7635 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then 7636 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can 7637 try to match up which of the newly found markers 7638 corresponds to this one */ 7639 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i; 7640 } 7641 } 7642 else 7643 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, addr_string, cond_string, 7644 type_wanted, tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch, 7645 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, 7646 enabled); 7647 } 7648 else 7649 { 7650 struct breakpoint *b; 7651 7652 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg); 7653 7654 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted); 7655 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); 7656 b->number = breakpoint_count; 7657 b->thread = -1; 7658 b->addr_string = addr_string[0]; 7659 b->cond_string = NULL; 7660 b->ignore_count = ignore_count; 7661 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; 7662 b->condition_not_parsed = 1; 7663 b->ops = ops; 7664 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled; 7665 b->pspace = current_program_space; 7666 7667 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup 7668 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint 7669 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)) 7670 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled; 7671 7672 mention (b); 7673 } 7674 7675 if (sals.nelts > 1) 7676 { 7677 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n" 7678 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.")); 7679 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count; 7680 } 7681 7682 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the 7683 breakpoint. */ 7684 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain); 7685 /* But cleanup everything else. */ 7686 do_cleanups (old_chain); 7687 7688 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */ 7689 update_global_location_list (1); 7690 7691 return 1; 7692 } 7693 7694 /* Set a breakpoint. 7695 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address, 7696 condition, and thread. 7697 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on, 7698 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG 7699 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */ 7700 7701 static void 7702 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty) 7703 { 7704 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG; 7705 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG 7706 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint 7707 : bp_breakpoint); 7708 7709 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 7710 arg, 7711 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, 7712 tempflag, type_wanted, 7713 0 /* Ignore count */, 7714 pending_break_support, 7715 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */, 7716 from_tty, 7717 1 /* enabled */); 7718 } 7719 7720 7721 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */ 7722 7723 void 7724 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal) 7725 { 7726 CORE_ADDR pc; 7727 7728 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL) 7729 { 7730 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc)) 7731 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."), 7732 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename); 7733 sal->pc = pc; 7734 7735 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using 7736 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */ 7737 if (sal->explicit_line) 7738 skip_prologue_sal (sal); 7739 } 7740 7741 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL) 7742 { 7743 struct blockvector *bv; 7744 struct block *b; 7745 struct symbol *sym; 7746 7747 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab); 7748 if (bv != NULL) 7749 { 7750 sym = block_linkage_function (b); 7751 if (sym != NULL) 7752 { 7753 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile); 7754 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym); 7755 } 7756 else 7757 { 7758 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just 7759 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have 7760 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly 7761 source). */ 7762 7763 struct minimal_symbol *msym; 7764 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread (); 7765 7766 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace); 7767 7768 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc); 7769 if (msym) 7770 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym); 7771 7772 do_cleanups (old_chain); 7773 } 7774 } 7775 } 7776 } 7777 7778 void 7779 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 7780 { 7781 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); 7782 } 7783 7784 void 7785 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 7786 { 7787 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty); 7788 } 7789 7790 static void 7791 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 7792 { 7793 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty); 7794 } 7795 7796 static void 7797 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 7798 { 7799 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty); 7800 } 7801 7802 static void 7803 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 7804 { 7805 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\ 7806 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\ 7807 stop at <line>\n")); 7808 } 7809 7810 static void 7811 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 7812 { 7813 int badInput = 0; 7814 7815 if (arg == (char *) NULL) 7816 badInput = 1; 7817 else if (*arg != '*') 7818 { 7819 char *argptr = arg; 7820 int hasColon = 0; 7821 7822 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then 7823 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or 7824 function/method name */ 7825 while (*argptr && !hasColon) 7826 { 7827 hasColon = (*argptr == ':'); 7828 argptr++; 7829 } 7830 7831 if (hasColon) 7832 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */ 7833 else 7834 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */ 7835 } 7836 7837 if (badInput) 7838 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n")); 7839 else 7840 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); 7841 } 7842 7843 static void 7844 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 7845 { 7846 int badInput = 0; 7847 7848 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */ 7849 badInput = 1; 7850 else 7851 { 7852 char *argptr = arg; 7853 int hasColon = 0; 7854 7855 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise 7856 it is probably a line number. */ 7857 while (*argptr && !hasColon) 7858 { 7859 hasColon = (*argptr == ':'); 7860 argptr++; 7861 } 7862 7863 if (hasColon) 7864 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */ 7865 else 7866 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */ 7867 } 7868 7869 if (badInput) 7870 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n")); 7871 else 7872 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty); 7873 } 7874 7875 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero means EXP is 7876 variable. Also the constant detection may fail for some constant 7877 expressions and in such case still falsely return zero. */ 7878 static int 7879 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp) 7880 { 7881 int i = exp->nelts; 7882 7883 while (i > 0) 7884 { 7885 int oplenp, argsp; 7886 7887 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */ 7888 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp); 7889 i -= oplenp; 7890 7891 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode) 7892 { 7893 case BINOP_ADD: 7894 case BINOP_SUB: 7895 case BINOP_MUL: 7896 case BINOP_DIV: 7897 case BINOP_REM: 7898 case BINOP_MOD: 7899 case BINOP_LSH: 7900 case BINOP_RSH: 7901 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: 7902 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: 7903 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: 7904 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: 7905 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: 7906 case BINOP_EQUAL: 7907 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: 7908 case BINOP_LESS: 7909 case BINOP_GTR: 7910 case BINOP_LEQ: 7911 case BINOP_GEQ: 7912 case BINOP_REPEAT: 7913 case BINOP_COMMA: 7914 case BINOP_EXP: 7915 case BINOP_MIN: 7916 case BINOP_MAX: 7917 case BINOP_INTDIV: 7918 case BINOP_CONCAT: 7919 case BINOP_IN: 7920 case BINOP_RANGE: 7921 case TERNOP_COND: 7922 case TERNOP_SLICE: 7923 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT: 7924 7925 case OP_LONG: 7926 case OP_DOUBLE: 7927 case OP_DECFLOAT: 7928 case OP_LAST: 7929 case OP_COMPLEX: 7930 case OP_STRING: 7931 case OP_BITSTRING: 7932 case OP_ARRAY: 7933 case OP_TYPE: 7934 case OP_NAME: 7935 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING: 7936 7937 case UNOP_NEG: 7938 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: 7939 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT: 7940 case UNOP_ADDR: 7941 case UNOP_HIGH: 7942 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check their 7943 operands. If they are constant, then so is the result of 7944 that operation. For instance, if A and B are determined to be 7945 constants, then so is "A + B". 7946 7947 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the value 7948 of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when ADDR is. */ 7949 break; 7950 7951 case OP_VAR_VALUE: 7952 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant. 7953 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's 7954 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as constant 7955 even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return true in this 7956 case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't. 7957 We also have to check for function symbols because they are 7958 always constant. */ 7959 { 7960 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol; 7961 7962 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK 7963 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST 7964 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES) 7965 return 0; 7966 break; 7967 } 7968 7969 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using 7970 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something, 7971 then it is not a constant. */ 7972 default: 7973 return 0; 7974 } 7975 } 7976 7977 return 1; 7978 } 7979 7980 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write, 7981 hw_read: watch read, 7982 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */ 7983 static void 7984 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty) 7985 { 7986 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL; 7987 struct expression *exp; 7988 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL; 7989 struct value *val, *mark; 7990 struct frame_info *frame; 7991 char *exp_start = NULL; 7992 char *exp_end = NULL; 7993 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok; 7994 int toklen; 7995 char *cond_start = NULL; 7996 char *cond_end = NULL; 7997 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0; 7998 enum bptype bp_type; 7999 int mem_cnt = 0; 8000 int thread = -1; 8001 int pc = 0; 8002 8003 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */ 8004 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0') 8005 { 8006 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */ 8007 8008 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */ 8009 tok = arg + toklen - 1; 8010 8011 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter. 8012 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should 8013 be the thread identifier. */ 8014 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')) 8015 tok--; 8016 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t')) 8017 tok--; 8018 8019 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */ 8020 id_tok_start = tok + 1; 8021 8022 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter. 8023 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should 8024 reach a "thread" token. */ 8025 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')) 8026 tok--; 8027 8028 end_tok = tok; 8029 8030 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t')) 8031 tok--; 8032 8033 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and 8034 calculate the length of the token. */ 8035 tok++; 8036 toklen = end_tok - tok; 8037 8038 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0) 8039 { 8040 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means 8041 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers 8042 only in a specific thread. */ 8043 char *endp; 8044 8045 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */ 8046 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0); 8047 8048 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the 8049 thread ID. */ 8050 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0') 8051 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start); 8052 8053 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */ 8054 if (!valid_thread_id (thread)) 8055 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread); 8056 8057 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num> 8058 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the 8059 evaluate_expression() function. */ 8060 *tok = '\0'; 8061 } 8062 } 8063 8064 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */ 8065 innermost_block = NULL; 8066 exp_start = arg; 8067 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0); 8068 exp_end = arg; 8069 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it. 8070 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit 8071 prettier. */ 8072 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t')) 8073 --exp_end; 8074 8075 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */ 8076 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp)) 8077 { 8078 int len; 8079 8080 len = exp_end - exp_start; 8081 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1])) 8082 len--; 8083 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start); 8084 } 8085 8086 exp_valid_block = innermost_block; 8087 mark = value_mark (); 8088 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, NULL, NULL); 8089 if (val != NULL) 8090 release_value (val); 8091 8092 tok = arg; 8093 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t') 8094 tok++; 8095 end_tok = tok; 8096 8097 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000') 8098 end_tok++; 8099 8100 toklen = end_tok - tok; 8101 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0) 8102 { 8103 struct expression *cond; 8104 8105 innermost_block = NULL; 8106 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1; 8107 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0); 8108 8109 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition 8110 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */ 8111 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block; 8112 8113 xfree (cond); 8114 cond_end = tok; 8115 } 8116 if (*tok) 8117 error (_("Junk at end of command.")); 8118 8119 if (accessflag == hw_read) 8120 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint; 8121 else if (accessflag == hw_access) 8122 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint; 8123 else 8124 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint; 8125 8126 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val); 8127 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint) 8128 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint.")); 8129 if (mem_cnt != 0) 8130 { 8131 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used); 8132 target_resources_ok = 8133 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + mem_cnt, 8134 other_type_used); 8135 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint) 8136 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint.")); 8137 8138 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint) 8139 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time.")); 8140 } 8141 8142 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware 8143 watchpoint could not be set. */ 8144 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0) 8145 bp_type = bp_watchpoint; 8146 8147 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block); 8148 8149 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope" 8150 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint 8151 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so 8152 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */ 8153 if (exp_valid_block && frame) 8154 { 8155 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame))) 8156 { 8157 scope_breakpoint 8158 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame), 8159 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 8160 bp_watchpoint_scope); 8161 8162 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled; 8163 8164 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */ 8165 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del; 8166 8167 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */ 8168 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame); 8169 8170 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */ 8171 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch 8172 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame); 8173 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address 8174 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame); 8175 scope_breakpoint->loc->address 8176 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch, 8177 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address, 8178 scope_breakpoint->type); 8179 } 8180 } 8181 8182 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */ 8183 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL, bp_type); 8184 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); 8185 b->number = breakpoint_count; 8186 b->thread = thread; 8187 b->disposition = disp_donttouch; 8188 b->exp = exp; 8189 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block; 8190 b->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block; 8191 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start); 8192 b->val = val; 8193 b->val_valid = 1; 8194 if (cond_start) 8195 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start); 8196 else 8197 b->cond_string = 0; 8198 8199 if (frame) 8200 { 8201 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame); 8202 b->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid; 8203 } 8204 else 8205 { 8206 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id; 8207 b->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid; 8208 } 8209 8210 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL) 8211 { 8212 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will 8213 need to act on them together. */ 8214 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint; 8215 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b; 8216 } 8217 8218 value_free_to_mark (mark); 8219 8220 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations 8221 that should be inserted. */ 8222 update_watchpoint (b, 1); 8223 8224 mention (b); 8225 update_global_location_list (1); 8226 } 8227 8228 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled 8229 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled 8230 in hardware return zero. */ 8231 8232 static int 8233 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v) 8234 { 8235 int found_memory_cnt = 0; 8236 struct value *head = v; 8237 8238 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */ 8239 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints) 8240 return 0; 8241 8242 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon 8243 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we 8244 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a 8245 hardware watchpoint. 8246 8247 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series 8248 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The 8249 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and 8250 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish 8251 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues, 8252 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate 8253 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves 8254 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the 8255 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints. 8256 8257 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior 8258 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not 8259 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call 8260 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */ 8261 for (; v; v = value_next (v)) 8262 { 8263 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory) 8264 { 8265 if (value_lazy (v)) 8266 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch; 8267 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or 8268 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */ 8269 ; 8270 else 8271 { 8272 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover 8273 it with hardware watchpoints. */ 8274 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v)); 8275 8276 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it 8277 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a 8278 middle of some value chain. */ 8279 if (v == head 8280 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT 8281 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)) 8282 { 8283 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v); 8284 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)); 8285 8286 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len)) 8287 return 0; 8288 else 8289 found_memory_cnt++; 8290 } 8291 } 8292 } 8293 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval 8294 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0) 8295 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */ 8296 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register) 8297 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */ 8298 } 8299 8300 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware 8301 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */ 8302 return found_memory_cnt; 8303 } 8304 8305 void 8306 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty) 8307 { 8308 watch_command (arg, from_tty); 8309 } 8310 8311 static void 8312 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 8313 { 8314 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty); 8315 } 8316 8317 void 8318 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty) 8319 { 8320 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty); 8321 } 8322 8323 static void 8324 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 8325 { 8326 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty); 8327 } 8328 8329 void 8330 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty) 8331 { 8332 awatch_command (arg, from_tty); 8333 } 8334 8335 static void 8336 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 8337 { 8338 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty); 8339 } 8340 8341 8342 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here 8343 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */ 8344 8345 struct until_break_command_continuation_args 8346 { 8347 struct breakpoint *breakpoint; 8348 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2; 8349 }; 8350 8351 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the 8352 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes 8353 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until 8354 command. */ 8355 static void 8356 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg) 8357 { 8358 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg; 8359 8360 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint); 8361 if (a->breakpoint2) 8362 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2); 8363 } 8364 8365 void 8366 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere) 8367 { 8368 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 8369 struct symtab_and_line sal; 8370 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL); 8371 struct breakpoint *breakpoint; 8372 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL; 8373 struct cleanup *old_chain; 8374 8375 clear_proceed_status (); 8376 8377 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from 8378 this function */ 8379 8380 if (default_breakpoint_valid) 8381 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab, 8382 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL); 8383 else 8384 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 8385 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL); 8386 8387 if (sals.nelts != 1) 8388 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line.")); 8389 8390 sal = sals.sals[0]; 8391 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */ 8392 8393 if (*arg) 8394 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 8395 8396 resolve_sal_pc (&sal); 8397 8398 if (anywhere) 8399 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, 8400 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */ 8401 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal, 8402 null_frame_id, bp_until); 8403 else 8404 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only 8405 at the very same frame. */ 8406 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal, 8407 get_stack_frame_id (frame), 8408 bp_until); 8409 8410 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint); 8411 8412 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current 8413 one. */ 8414 8415 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame))) 8416 { 8417 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0); 8418 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame); 8419 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame), 8420 sal, 8421 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame), 8422 bp_until); 8423 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2); 8424 } 8425 8426 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0); 8427 8428 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually 8429 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be 8430 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and 8431 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */ 8432 8433 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid)) 8434 { 8435 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args; 8436 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args)); 8437 8438 args->breakpoint = breakpoint; 8439 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2; 8440 8441 discard_cleanups (old_chain); 8442 add_continuation (inferior_thread (), 8443 until_break_command_continuation, args, 8444 xfree); 8445 } 8446 else 8447 do_cleanups (old_chain); 8448 } 8449 8450 static void 8451 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s) 8452 { 8453 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL)) 8454 return; 8455 while (isspace (**s)) 8456 *s += 1; 8457 } 8458 8459 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause 8460 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL. 8461 8462 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not 8463 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And, 8464 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed 8465 if clause in the arg string. */ 8466 8467 static char * 8468 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg) 8469 { 8470 char *cond_string; 8471 8472 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2])) 8473 return NULL; 8474 8475 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */ 8476 (*arg) += 2; 8477 8478 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the 8479 condition string. */ 8480 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg); 8481 cond_string = *arg; 8482 8483 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */ 8484 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string); 8485 8486 return cond_string; 8487 } 8488 8489 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions, 8490 process start/exit, etc. */ 8491 8492 typedef enum 8493 { 8494 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary, 8495 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent 8496 } 8497 catch_fork_kind; 8498 8499 static void 8500 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 8501 struct cmd_list_element *command) 8502 { 8503 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 8504 char *cond_string = NULL; 8505 catch_fork_kind fork_kind; 8506 int tempflag; 8507 8508 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command); 8509 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary 8510 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary); 8511 8512 if (!arg) 8513 arg = ""; 8514 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); 8515 8516 /* The allowed syntax is: 8517 catch [v]fork 8518 catch [v]fork if <cond> 8519 8520 First, check if there's an if clause. */ 8521 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); 8522 8523 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) 8524 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 8525 8526 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint 8527 and enable reporting of such events. */ 8528 switch (fork_kind) 8529 { 8530 case catch_fork_temporary: 8531 case catch_fork_permanent: 8532 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, 8533 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops); 8534 break; 8535 case catch_vfork_temporary: 8536 case catch_vfork_permanent: 8537 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, 8538 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops); 8539 break; 8540 default: 8541 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it")); 8542 break; 8543 } 8544 } 8545 8546 static void 8547 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 8548 struct cmd_list_element *command) 8549 { 8550 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 8551 int tempflag; 8552 char *cond_string = NULL; 8553 8554 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 8555 8556 if (!arg) 8557 arg = ""; 8558 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); 8559 8560 /* The allowed syntax is: 8561 catch exec 8562 catch exec if <cond> 8563 8564 First, check if there's an if clause. */ 8565 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); 8566 8567 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) 8568 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 8569 8570 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint 8571 and enable reporting of such events. */ 8572 create_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, 8573 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops); 8574 } 8575 8576 static enum print_stop_action 8577 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 8578 { 8579 int bp_temp, bp_throw; 8580 8581 annotate_catchpoint (b->number); 8582 8583 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; 8584 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address) 8585 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address, 8586 b->loc->address, 8587 b->number, 1); 8588 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; 8589 ui_out_text (uiout, 8590 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint " 8591 : "Catchpoint "); 8592 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 8593 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 8594 ui_out_text (uiout, 8595 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), " 8596 : " (exception caught), "); 8597 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 8598 { 8599 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason", 8600 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); 8601 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); 8602 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 8603 } 8604 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; 8605 } 8606 8607 static void 8608 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, 8609 struct bp_location **last_loc) 8610 { 8611 struct value_print_options opts; 8612 8613 get_user_print_options (&opts); 8614 if (opts.addressprint) 8615 { 8616 annotate_field (4); 8617 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled) 8618 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>"); 8619 else 8620 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", 8621 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address); 8622 } 8623 annotate_field (5); 8624 if (b->loc) 8625 *last_loc = b->loc; 8626 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL) 8627 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw"); 8628 else 8629 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch"); 8630 } 8631 8632 static void 8633 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 8634 { 8635 int bp_temp; 8636 int bp_throw; 8637 8638 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; 8639 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; 8640 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ") 8641 : _("Catchpoint ")); 8642 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number); 8643 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)") 8644 : _(" (catch)")); 8645 } 8646 8647 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and 8648 catch catchpoints. */ 8649 8650 static void 8651 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) 8652 { 8653 int bp_temp; 8654 int bp_throw; 8655 8656 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del; 8657 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL; 8658 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch "); 8659 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch"); 8660 } 8661 8662 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = { 8663 NULL, /* insert */ 8664 NULL, /* remove */ 8665 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */ 8666 print_exception_catchpoint, 8667 print_one_exception_catchpoint, 8668 print_mention_exception_catchpoint, 8669 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint 8670 }; 8671 8672 static int 8673 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string, 8674 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty) 8675 { 8676 char *trigger_func_name; 8677 8678 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH) 8679 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch"; 8680 else 8681 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw"; 8682 8683 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 8684 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, 8685 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */, 8686 tempflag, bp_breakpoint, 8687 0, 8688 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */, 8689 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty, 8690 1 /* enabled */); 8691 8692 return 1; 8693 } 8694 8695 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */ 8696 8697 static void 8698 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg, 8699 int tempflag, int from_tty) 8700 { 8701 char *cond_string = NULL; 8702 8703 if (!arg) 8704 arg = ""; 8705 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); 8706 8707 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg); 8708 8709 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg)) 8710 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 8711 8712 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW 8713 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH) 8714 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it")); 8715 8716 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty)) 8717 return; 8718 8719 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination.")); 8720 } 8721 8722 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */ 8723 8724 static void 8725 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) 8726 { 8727 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 8728 8729 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty); 8730 } 8731 8732 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */ 8733 8734 static void 8735 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) 8736 { 8737 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 8738 8739 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty); 8740 } 8741 8742 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */ 8743 8744 static void 8745 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 8746 struct symtab_and_line sal, 8747 char *addr_string, 8748 char *exp_string, 8749 char *cond_string, 8750 struct expression *cond, 8751 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, 8752 int tempflag, 8753 int from_tty) 8754 { 8755 struct breakpoint *b; 8756 8757 if (from_tty) 8758 { 8759 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal); 8760 if (!loc_gdbarch) 8761 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch; 8762 8763 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch, 8764 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1); 8765 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special 8766 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints 8767 used for different exception names will use the same address. 8768 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is 8769 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit 8770 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell 8771 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good 8772 enough for now, though. */ 8773 } 8774 8775 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint); 8776 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1); 8777 8778 b->enable_state = bp_enabled; 8779 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch; 8780 b->number = breakpoint_count; 8781 b->ignore_count = 0; 8782 b->loc->cond = cond; 8783 b->addr_string = addr_string; 8784 b->language = language_ada; 8785 b->cond_string = cond_string; 8786 b->exp_string = exp_string; 8787 b->thread = -1; 8788 b->ops = ops; 8789 8790 mention (b); 8791 update_global_location_list (1); 8792 } 8793 8794 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */ 8795 8796 static void 8797 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty, 8798 struct cmd_list_element *command) 8799 { 8800 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 8801 int tempflag; 8802 struct symtab_and_line sal; 8803 char *addr_string = NULL; 8804 char *exp_string = NULL; 8805 char *cond_string = NULL; 8806 struct expression *cond = NULL; 8807 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; 8808 8809 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 8810 8811 if (!arg) 8812 arg = ""; 8813 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string, 8814 &cond_string, &cond, &ops); 8815 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, exp_string, 8816 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag, 8817 from_tty); 8818 } 8819 8820 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */ 8821 static void 8822 clean_up_filters (void *arg) 8823 { 8824 VEC(int) *iter = *(VEC(int) **) arg; 8825 VEC_free (int, iter); 8826 } 8827 8828 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd 8829 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */ 8830 static VEC(int) * 8831 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg) 8832 { 8833 VEC(int) *result = NULL; 8834 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (clean_up_filters, &result); 8835 8836 while (*arg != '\0') 8837 { 8838 int i, syscall_number; 8839 char *endptr; 8840 char cur_name[128]; 8841 struct syscall s; 8842 8843 /* Skip whitespace. */ 8844 while (isspace (*arg)) 8845 arg++; 8846 8847 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i) 8848 cur_name[i] = arg[i]; 8849 cur_name[i] = '\0'; 8850 arg += i; 8851 8852 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */ 8853 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0); 8854 if (*endptr == '\0') 8855 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s); 8856 else 8857 { 8858 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it 8859 to a number. */ 8860 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s); 8861 8862 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL) 8863 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because 8864 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to 8865 be caught. */ 8866 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name); 8867 } 8868 8869 /* Ok, it's valid. */ 8870 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number); 8871 } 8872 8873 discard_cleanups (cleanup); 8874 return result; 8875 } 8876 8877 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */ 8878 8879 static void 8880 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, 8881 struct cmd_list_element *command) 8882 { 8883 int tempflag; 8884 VEC(int) *filter; 8885 struct syscall s; 8886 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 8887 8888 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */ 8889 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0) 8890 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \ 8891 this architeture yet.")); 8892 8893 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 8894 8895 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg); 8896 8897 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order 8898 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important, 8899 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file 8900 for his/her architecture. */ 8901 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s); 8902 8903 /* The allowed syntax is: 8904 catch syscall 8905 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>] 8906 8907 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */ 8908 8909 if (arg != NULL) 8910 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg); 8911 else 8912 filter = NULL; 8913 8914 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter, 8915 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops); 8916 } 8917 8918 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */ 8919 8920 static void 8921 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command) 8922 { 8923 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); 8924 int tempflag; 8925 struct symtab_and_line sal; 8926 char *addr_string = NULL; 8927 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; 8928 8929 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; 8930 8931 if (!arg) 8932 arg = ""; 8933 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops); 8934 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, 8935 ops, tempflag, from_tty); 8936 } 8937 8938 static void 8939 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 8940 { 8941 error (_("Catch requires an event name.")); 8942 } 8943 8944 8945 static void 8946 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 8947 { 8948 error (_("Catch requires an event name.")); 8949 } 8950 8951 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */ 8952 8953 static void 8954 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 8955 { 8956 struct breakpoint *b; 8957 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0; 8958 int ix; 8959 int default_match; 8960 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 8961 struct symtab_and_line sal; 8962 int i; 8963 8964 if (arg) 8965 { 8966 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1); 8967 default_match = 0; 8968 } 8969 else 8970 { 8971 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) 8972 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line)); 8973 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); 8974 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */ 8975 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line; 8976 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab; 8977 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address; 8978 sal.pspace = default_breakpoint_pspace; 8979 if (sal.symtab == 0) 8980 error (_("No source file specified.")); 8981 8982 sals.sals[0] = sal; 8983 sals.nelts = 1; 8984 8985 default_match = 1; 8986 } 8987 8988 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not 8989 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints 8990 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if 8991 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing 8992 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all. 8993 8994 We only support clearing given the address explicitly 8995 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint 8996 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line, 8997 due to optimization, all in one block. 8998 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another 8999 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't 9000 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but 9001 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user 9002 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important 9003 to support that. */ 9004 9005 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond 9006 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current 9007 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than 9008 one breakpoint. */ 9009 9010 found = NULL; 9011 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++) 9012 { 9013 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc. 9014 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line. 9015 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line 9016 or at default pc. 9017 9018 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do 9019 9020 0 1 pc 9021 1 1 pc _and_ line 9022 0 0 line 9023 1 0 <can't happen> */ 9024 9025 sal = sals.sals[i]; 9026 9027 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 9028 'found'. */ 9029 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 9030 { 9031 int match = 0; 9032 /* Are we going to delete b? */ 9033 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b)) 9034 { 9035 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc; 9036 for (; loc; loc = loc->next) 9037 { 9038 int pc_match = sal.pc 9039 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace) 9040 && (loc->address == sal.pc) 9041 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section) 9042 || loc->section == sal.section); 9043 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc)) 9044 && b->source_file != NULL 9045 && sal.symtab != NULL 9046 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace 9047 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0 9048 && b->line_number == sal.line); 9049 if (pc_match || line_match) 9050 { 9051 match = 1; 9052 break; 9053 } 9054 } 9055 } 9056 9057 if (match) 9058 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b); 9059 } 9060 } 9061 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */ 9062 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found)) 9063 { 9064 if (arg) 9065 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg); 9066 else 9067 error (_("No breakpoint at this line.")); 9068 } 9069 9070 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1) 9071 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */ 9072 if (from_tty) 9073 { 9074 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1) 9075 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint ")); 9076 else 9077 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints ")); 9078 } 9079 breakpoints_changed (); 9080 9081 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++) 9082 { 9083 if (from_tty) 9084 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number); 9085 delete_breakpoint (b); 9086 } 9087 if (from_tty) 9088 putchar_unfiltered ('\n'); 9089 } 9090 9091 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and 9092 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not. 9093 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */ 9094 9095 void 9096 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs) 9097 { 9098 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 9099 9100 for (; bs; bs = bs->next) 9101 if (bs->breakpoint_at 9102 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner 9103 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del 9104 && bs->stop) 9105 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner); 9106 9107 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 9108 { 9109 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop) 9110 delete_breakpoint (b); 9111 } 9112 } 9113 9114 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort. 9115 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does 9116 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering 9117 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array 9118 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */ 9119 9120 static int 9121 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp) 9122 { 9123 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap; 9124 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp; 9125 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */ 9126 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent; 9127 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent; 9128 9129 if (a->address != b->address) 9130 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address); 9131 9132 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */ 9133 if (a_perm != b_perm) 9134 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm); 9135 9136 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same 9137 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */ 9138 9139 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number) 9140 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number) 9141 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number); 9142 9143 return (a > b) - (a < b); 9144 } 9145 9146 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and 9147 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of 9148 the bp_location array. */ 9149 9150 static void 9151 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void) 9152 { 9153 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp; 9154 9155 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0; 9156 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0; 9157 9158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp) 9159 { 9160 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr; 9161 9162 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl)) 9163 continue; 9164 9165 start = bl->target_info.placed_address; 9166 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len; 9167 9168 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start); 9169 addr = bl->address - start; 9170 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max) 9171 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr; 9172 9173 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */ 9174 9175 gdb_assert (bl->address < end); 9176 addr = end - bl->address; 9177 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max) 9178 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr; 9179 } 9180 } 9181 9182 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations 9183 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no 9184 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or 9185 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint 9186 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other 9187 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted 9188 returns true on them. 9189 9190 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g., 9191 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint 9192 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored 9193 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has 9194 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all 9195 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */ 9196 9197 static void 9198 update_global_location_list (int should_insert) 9199 { 9200 struct breakpoint *b; 9201 struct bp_location **locp, *loc; 9202 struct cleanup *cleanups; 9203 9204 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all 9205 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address. 9206 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never 9207 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of 9208 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations 9209 once. */ 9210 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */ 9211 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */ 9212 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */ 9213 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */ 9214 9215 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built 9216 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */ 9217 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp; 9218 unsigned old_location_count; 9219 9220 old_location = bp_location; 9221 old_location_count = bp_location_count; 9222 bp_location = NULL; 9223 bp_location_count = 0; 9224 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location); 9225 9226 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 9227 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 9228 bp_location_count++; 9229 9230 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count); 9231 locp = bp_location; 9232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 9233 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next) 9234 *locp++ = loc; 9235 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location), 9236 bp_location_compare); 9237 9238 bp_location_target_extensions_update (); 9239 9240 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new 9241 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that 9242 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another 9243 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate), 9244 we don't need to remove/insert the location. 9245 9246 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and 9247 former bp_location array state respectively. */ 9248 9249 locp = bp_location; 9250 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count; 9251 old_locp++) 9252 { 9253 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp; 9254 struct bp_location **loc2p; 9255 9256 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we 9257 have to free it. */ 9258 int found_object = 0; 9259 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */ 9260 int keep_in_target = 0; 9261 int removed = 0; 9262 9263 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either 9264 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */ 9265 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count 9266 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address) 9267 locp++; 9268 9269 for (loc2p = locp; 9270 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count 9271 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address); 9272 loc2p++) 9273 { 9274 if (*loc2p == old_loc) 9275 { 9276 found_object = 1; 9277 break; 9278 } 9279 } 9280 9281 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's 9282 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one 9283 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we 9284 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not 9285 inserted. */ 9286 9287 if (old_loc->inserted) 9288 { 9289 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */ 9290 9291 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc)) 9292 { 9293 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still 9294 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */ 9295 keep_in_target = 1; 9296 } 9297 else 9298 { 9299 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled. 9300 See if there's another location at the same address, in which 9301 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */ 9302 9303 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */ 9304 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)) 9305 { 9306 for (loc2p = locp; 9307 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count 9308 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address); 9309 loc2p++) 9310 { 9311 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p; 9312 9313 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc)) 9314 { 9315 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted. 9316 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */ 9317 loc2->duplicate = 0; 9318 9319 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to 9320 access watchpoints, if the former are not 9321 supported, but the latter are. */ 9322 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner)) 9323 { 9324 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner)); 9325 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type; 9326 } 9327 9328 if (loc2 != old_loc && should_be_inserted (loc2)) 9329 { 9330 loc2->inserted = 1; 9331 loc2->target_info = old_loc->target_info; 9332 keep_in_target = 1; 9333 break; 9334 } 9335 } 9336 } 9337 } 9338 } 9339 9340 if (!keep_in_target) 9341 { 9342 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted)) 9343 { 9344 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this 9345 location on the global list, and try to remove it next 9346 time, but there's no particular reason why we will 9347 succeed next time. 9348 9349 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid, 9350 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only 9351 after calling us. */ 9352 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"), 9353 old_loc->owner->number); 9354 } 9355 removed = 1; 9356 } 9357 } 9358 9359 if (!found_object) 9360 { 9361 if (removed && non_stop 9362 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner) 9363 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner)) 9364 { 9365 /* This location was removed from the target. In 9366 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where 9367 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that 9368 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later. 9369 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such 9370 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this 9371 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it 9372 after we see some number of events. The theory here 9373 is that reporting of events should, "on the average", 9374 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all 9375 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer 9376 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We 9377 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of 9378 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint 9379 SIGTRAP. 9380 9381 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on 9382 decr_pc_after_break targets. 9383 9384 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux, 9385 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP, 9386 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too 9387 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report 9388 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes 9389 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash 9390 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently 9391 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the 9392 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a 9393 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen 9394 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on 9395 targets that do not support new thread events, like 9396 remote, due to the heuristic depending on 9397 thread_count. 9398 9399 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap 9400 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when 9401 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs 9402 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble. 9403 9404 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always 9405 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to 9406 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations 9407 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint 9408 traps we can no longer explain. */ 9409 9410 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1); 9411 old_loc->owner = NULL; 9412 9413 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc); 9414 } 9415 else 9416 free_bp_location (old_loc); 9417 } 9418 } 9419 9420 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the 9421 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so 9422 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a 9423 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the 9424 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints 9425 are sorted first for the same address. 9426 9427 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the 9428 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */ 9429 9430 bp_loc_first = NULL; 9431 wp_loc_first = NULL; 9432 awp_loc_first = NULL; 9433 rwp_loc_first = NULL; 9434 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp) 9435 { 9436 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */ 9437 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner; 9438 struct bp_location **loc_first_p; 9439 9440 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled 9441 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled 9442 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled 9443 || !loc->enabled 9444 || loc->shlib_disabled 9445 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b) 9446 || is_tracepoint (b)) 9447 continue; 9448 9449 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */ 9450 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted) 9451 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 9452 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not " 9453 "actually inserted")); 9454 9455 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) 9456 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first; 9457 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint) 9458 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first; 9459 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint) 9460 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first; 9461 else 9462 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first; 9463 9464 if (*loc_first_p == NULL 9465 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section) 9466 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p)) 9467 { 9468 *loc_first_p = loc; 9469 loc->duplicate = 0; 9470 continue; 9471 } 9472 9473 loc->duplicate = 1; 9474 9475 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted 9476 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent) 9477 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 9478 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of " 9479 "a permanent breakpoint")); 9480 } 9481 9482 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert 9483 && (have_live_inferiors () 9484 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)))) 9485 insert_breakpoint_locations (); 9486 9487 do_cleanups (cleanups); 9488 } 9489 9490 void 9491 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void) 9492 { 9493 struct bp_location *loc; 9494 int ix; 9495 9496 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix) 9497 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0) 9498 { 9499 free_bp_location (loc); 9500 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix); 9501 --ix; 9502 } 9503 } 9504 9505 static void 9506 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting) 9507 { 9508 struct gdb_exception e; 9509 9510 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 9511 update_global_location_list (inserting); 9512 } 9513 9514 /* Clear LOC from a BPS. */ 9515 static void 9516 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct bp_location *loc) 9517 { 9518 bpstat bs; 9519 9520 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next) 9521 if (bs->breakpoint_at == loc) 9522 { 9523 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL; 9524 bs->old_val = NULL; 9525 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */ 9526 } 9527 } 9528 9529 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */ 9530 static int 9531 bpstat_remove_bp_location_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data) 9532 { 9533 struct bp_location *loc = data; 9534 9535 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->stop_bpstat, loc); 9536 return 0; 9537 } 9538 9539 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data 9540 structures. */ 9541 9542 void 9543 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) 9544 { 9545 struct breakpoint *b; 9546 9547 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL); 9548 9549 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple 9550 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits. 9551 9552 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the 9553 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and 9554 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked 9555 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then 9556 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted. 9557 9558 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's, 9559 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and 9560 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more 9561 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */ 9562 if (bpt->type == bp_none) 9563 return; 9564 9565 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting of 9566 breakpoints gets resolved. */ 9567 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != NULL) 9568 { 9569 gdb_assert (bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == bpt); 9570 bpt->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop; 9571 bpt->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = NULL; 9572 bpt->related_breakpoint = NULL; 9573 } 9574 9575 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number); 9576 9577 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt) 9578 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next; 9579 9580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 9581 if (b->next == bpt) 9582 { 9583 b->next = bpt->next; 9584 break; 9585 } 9586 9587 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt->commands); 9588 xfree (bpt->cond_string); 9589 xfree (bpt->cond_exp); 9590 xfree (bpt->addr_string); 9591 xfree (bpt->exp); 9592 xfree (bpt->exp_string); 9593 value_free (bpt->val); 9594 xfree (bpt->source_file); 9595 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname); 9596 clean_up_filters (&bpt->syscalls_to_be_caught); 9597 9598 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint 9599 list, update the global location list. This 9600 will remove locations that used to belong to 9601 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing 9602 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint 9603 looks at location's owner. It might be better 9604 design to have location completely self-contained, 9605 but it's not the case now. */ 9606 update_global_location_list (0); 9607 9608 9609 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same 9610 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */ 9611 bpt->type = bp_none; 9612 9613 xfree (bpt); 9614 } 9615 9616 static void 9617 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b) 9618 { 9619 delete_breakpoint (b); 9620 } 9621 9622 struct cleanup * 9623 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b) 9624 { 9625 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b); 9626 } 9627 9628 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls 9629 delete_breakpoint. */ 9630 9631 static void 9632 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 9633 { 9634 delete_breakpoint (b); 9635 } 9636 9637 void 9638 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 9639 { 9640 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 9641 9642 dont_repeat (); 9643 9644 if (arg == 0) 9645 { 9646 int breaks_to_delete = 0; 9647 9648 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. 9649 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these 9650 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */ 9651 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 9652 { 9653 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy 9654 && b->type != bp_std_terminate 9655 && b->type != bp_shlib_event 9656 && b->type != bp_jit_event 9657 && b->type != bp_thread_event 9658 && b->type != bp_overlay_event 9659 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master 9660 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master 9661 && b->number >= 0) 9662 { 9663 breaks_to_delete = 1; 9664 break; 9665 } 9666 } 9667 9668 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */ 9669 if (!from_tty 9670 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? ")))) 9671 { 9672 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 9673 { 9674 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy 9675 && b->type != bp_std_terminate 9676 && b->type != bp_shlib_event 9677 && b->type != bp_thread_event 9678 && b->type != bp_jit_event 9679 && b->type != bp_overlay_event 9680 && b->type != bp_longjmp_master 9681 && b->type != bp_std_terminate_master 9682 && b->number >= 0) 9683 delete_breakpoint (b); 9684 } 9685 } 9686 } 9687 else 9688 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL); 9689 } 9690 9691 static int 9692 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc) 9693 { 9694 for (; loc; loc = loc->next) 9695 if (!loc->shlib_disabled) 9696 return 0; 9697 return 1; 9698 } 9699 9700 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it. 9701 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name. 9702 Null names are ignored. */ 9703 9704 static int 9705 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc) 9706 { 9707 struct bp_location *l; 9708 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, 9709 (int (*) (const void *, 9710 const void *)) streq, 9711 NULL, xcalloc, xfree); 9712 9713 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next) 9714 { 9715 const char **slot; 9716 const char *name = l->function_name; 9717 9718 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */ 9719 if (name == NULL) 9720 continue; 9721 9722 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name, 9723 INSERT); 9724 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns 9725 NULL. */ 9726 if (*slot != NULL) 9727 { 9728 htab_delete (htab); 9729 return 1; 9730 } 9731 *slot = name; 9732 } 9733 9734 htab_delete (htab); 9735 return 0; 9736 } 9737 9738 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well, 9739 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at 9740 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we 9741 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is 9742 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static 9743 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints 9744 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have 9745 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set. 9746 The heuristic is: 9747 9748 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at 9749 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker. 9750 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the 9751 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker 9752 in the sources, and output a warning. 9753 9754 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker 9755 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there, 9756 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the 9757 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that 9758 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a 9759 warning. 9760 9761 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it 9762 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean 9763 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code 9764 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask 9765 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew 9766 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching 9767 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one 9768 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised 9769 precisely because it confuses tools). */ 9770 9771 static struct symtab_and_line 9772 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal) 9773 { 9774 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker; 9775 CORE_ADDR pc; 9776 int i; 9777 9778 pc = sal.pc; 9779 if (sal.line) 9780 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc); 9781 9782 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker)) 9783 { 9784 if (strcmp (b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0) 9785 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"), 9786 b->number, 9787 b->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id); 9788 9789 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id); 9790 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id); 9791 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker); 9792 9793 return sal; 9794 } 9795 9796 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up 9797 by string ID. */ 9798 if (!sal.explicit_pc 9799 && sal.line != 0 9800 && sal.symtab != NULL 9801 && b->static_trace_marker_id != NULL) 9802 { 9803 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers; 9804 9805 markers 9806 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b->static_trace_marker_id); 9807 9808 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers)) 9809 { 9810 struct symtab_and_line sal; 9811 struct symbol *sym; 9812 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker; 9813 9814 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0); 9815 9816 xfree (b->static_trace_marker_id); 9817 b->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id); 9818 9819 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not " 9820 "found at previous line number"), 9821 b->number, b->static_trace_marker_id); 9822 9823 init_sal (&sal); 9824 9825 sal.pc = marker->address; 9826 9827 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0); 9828 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL); 9829 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in "); 9830 if (sym) 9831 { 9832 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func", 9833 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)); 9834 ui_out_text (uiout, " at "); 9835 } 9836 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename); 9837 ui_out_text (uiout, ":"); 9838 9839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout)) 9840 { 9841 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab); 9842 9843 if (fullname) 9844 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname); 9845 } 9846 9847 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line); 9848 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n"); 9849 9850 b->line_number = sal.line; 9851 9852 xfree (b->source_file); 9853 if (sym) 9854 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename); 9855 else 9856 b->source_file = NULL; 9857 9858 xfree (b->addr_string); 9859 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d", 9860 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number); 9861 9862 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if 9863 so. */ 9864 9865 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker); 9866 } 9867 } 9868 return sal; 9869 } 9870 9871 static void 9872 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b, 9873 struct symtabs_and_lines sals) 9874 { 9875 int i; 9876 char *s; 9877 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc; 9878 9879 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations 9880 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes 9881 the common case where all locations are in the same 9882 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to 9883 retain the location, so that when the library 9884 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled 9885 status of the individual locations. */ 9886 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0) 9887 return; 9888 9889 b->loc = NULL; 9890 9891 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i) 9892 { 9893 struct bp_location *new_loc = 9894 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i])); 9895 9896 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the 9897 old symtab. */ 9898 if (b->cond_string != NULL) 9899 { 9900 struct gdb_exception e; 9901 9902 s = b->cond_string; 9903 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 9904 { 9905 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc), 9906 0); 9907 } 9908 if (e.reason < 0) 9909 { 9910 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"), 9911 b->number, e.message); 9912 new_loc->enabled = 0; 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 if (b->source_file != NULL) 9917 xfree (b->source_file); 9918 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL) 9919 b->source_file = NULL; 9920 else 9921 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename); 9922 9923 if (b->line_number == 0) 9924 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line; 9925 } 9926 9927 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */ 9928 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent) 9929 make_breakpoint_permanent (b); 9930 9931 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */ 9932 { 9933 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations; 9934 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name, 9935 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work. 9936 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things 9937 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer 9938 often enough until a better solution is found. */ 9939 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc); 9940 9941 for (; e; e = e->next) 9942 { 9943 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name) 9944 { 9945 struct bp_location *l = b->loc; 9946 if (have_ambiguous_names) 9947 { 9948 for (; l; l = l->next) 9949 if (breakpoint_address_match (e->pspace->aspace, e->address, 9950 l->pspace->aspace, l->address)) 9951 { 9952 l->enabled = 0; 9953 break; 9954 } 9955 } 9956 else 9957 { 9958 for (; l; l = l->next) 9959 if (l->function_name 9960 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0) 9961 { 9962 l->enabled = 0; 9963 break; 9964 } 9965 } 9966 } 9967 } 9968 } 9969 9970 update_global_location_list (1); 9971 } 9972 9973 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT. 9974 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors. 9975 Unused in this case. */ 9976 9977 static int 9978 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint) 9979 { 9980 /* get past catch_errs */ 9981 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint; 9982 int not_found = 0; 9983 int *not_found_ptr = ¬_found; 9984 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0}; 9985 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0}; 9986 char *s; 9987 struct gdb_exception e; 9988 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL); 9989 int marker_spec = 0; 9990 9991 switch (b->type) 9992 { 9993 case bp_none: 9994 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), 9995 b->number); 9996 return 0; 9997 case bp_breakpoint: 9998 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 9999 case bp_tracepoint: 10000 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 10001 case bp_static_tracepoint: 10002 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */ 10003 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled) 10004 return 0; 10005 10006 if (b->addr_string == NULL) 10007 { 10008 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */ 10009 delete_breakpoint (b); 10010 return 0; 10011 } 10012 10013 input_radix = b->input_radix; 10014 s = b->addr_string; 10015 10016 save_current_space_and_thread (); 10017 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace); 10018 10019 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s); 10020 10021 set_language (b->language); 10022 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 10023 { 10024 if (marker_spec) 10025 { 10026 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s); 10027 if (sals.nelts > b->static_trace_marker_id_idx) 10028 { 10029 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[b->static_trace_marker_id_idx]; 10030 sals.nelts = 1; 10031 } 10032 else 10033 error (_("marker %s not found"), b->static_trace_marker_id); 10034 } 10035 else 10036 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, 10037 not_found_ptr); 10038 } 10039 if (e.reason < 0) 10040 { 10041 int not_found_and_ok = 0; 10042 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing 10043 will fail until the right shared library is loaded. 10044 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and 10045 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled 10046 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint 10047 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */ 10048 if (not_found 10049 && (b->condition_not_parsed 10050 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled) 10051 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled)) 10052 not_found_and_ok = 1; 10053 10054 if (!not_found_and_ok) 10055 { 10056 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint 10057 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable 10058 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to 10059 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this 10060 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know 10061 which approach is better. */ 10062 b->enable_state = bp_disabled; 10063 throw_exception (e); 10064 } 10065 } 10066 10067 if (!not_found) 10068 { 10069 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1); 10070 10071 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]); 10072 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0]) 10073 { 10074 char *cond_string = 0; 10075 int thread = -1; 10076 int task = 0; 10077 10078 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc, 10079 &cond_string, &thread, &task); 10080 if (cond_string) 10081 b->cond_string = cond_string; 10082 b->thread = thread; 10083 b->task = task; 10084 b->condition_not_parsed = 0; 10085 } 10086 10087 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec) 10088 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]); 10089 10090 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]); 10091 } 10092 10093 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals); 10094 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded); 10095 break; 10096 10097 case bp_watchpoint: 10098 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10099 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10100 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10101 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables, 10102 or it can be on local variables. 10103 10104 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist 10105 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared 10106 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded 10107 and unloaded. 10108 10109 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result 10110 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and 10111 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but 10112 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid. 10113 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate 10114 expression, to avoid surprises to the user. 10115 10116 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if 10117 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means 10118 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact, 10119 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case. 10120 10121 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then 10122 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it. 10123 10124 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will 10125 be reevaluated again when enabled. */ 10126 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */); 10127 break; 10128 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask 10129 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being 10130 loaded. */ 10131 case bp_catchpoint: 10132 break; 10133 10134 default: 10135 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type); 10136 /* fall through */ 10137 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be 10138 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */ 10139 case bp_overlay_event: 10140 case bp_longjmp_master: 10141 case bp_std_terminate_master: 10142 delete_breakpoint (b); 10143 break; 10144 10145 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior 10146 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */ 10147 case bp_shlib_event: 10148 10149 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. 10150 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */ 10151 case bp_thread_event: 10152 10153 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step 10154 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints. 10155 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain 10156 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */ 10157 case bp_until: 10158 case bp_finish: 10159 case bp_watchpoint_scope: 10160 case bp_call_dummy: 10161 case bp_std_terminate: 10162 case bp_step_resume: 10163 case bp_longjmp: 10164 case bp_longjmp_resume: 10165 case bp_jit_event: 10166 break; 10167 } 10168 10169 do_cleanups (cleanups); 10170 return 0; 10171 } 10172 10173 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */ 10174 void 10175 breakpoint_re_set (void) 10176 { 10177 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 10178 enum language save_language; 10179 int save_input_radix; 10180 struct cleanup *old_chain; 10181 10182 save_language = current_language->la_language; 10183 save_input_radix = input_radix; 10184 old_chain = save_current_program_space (); 10185 10186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 10187 { 10188 /* Format possible error msg */ 10189 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ", 10190 b->number); 10191 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message); 10192 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL); 10193 do_cleanups (cleanups); 10194 } 10195 set_language (save_language); 10196 input_radix = save_input_radix; 10197 10198 jit_breakpoint_re_set (); 10199 10200 do_cleanups (old_chain); 10201 10202 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event"); 10203 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp"); 10204 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp"); 10205 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp"); 10206 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp"); 10207 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ("std::terminate()"); 10208 } 10209 10210 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint: 10211 10212 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is. 10213 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */ 10214 void 10215 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b) 10216 { 10217 if (b->thread != -1) 10218 { 10219 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid)) 10220 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid); 10221 10222 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is 10223 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a 10224 different program space from the original thread. Reset that 10225 as well. */ 10226 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space; 10227 } 10228 } 10229 10230 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT. 10231 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect, 10232 which ends with a period (no newline). */ 10233 10234 void 10235 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty) 10236 { 10237 struct breakpoint *b; 10238 10239 if (count < 0) 10240 count = 0; 10241 10242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 10243 if (b->number == bptnum) 10244 { 10245 if (is_tracepoint (b)) 10246 { 10247 if (from_tty && count != 0) 10248 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."), 10249 bptnum); 10250 return; 10251 } 10252 10253 b->ignore_count = count; 10254 if (from_tty) 10255 { 10256 if (count == 0) 10257 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."), 10258 bptnum); 10259 else if (count == 1) 10260 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."), 10261 bptnum); 10262 else 10263 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."), 10264 count, bptnum); 10265 } 10266 breakpoints_changed (); 10267 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number); 10268 return; 10269 } 10270 10271 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum); 10272 } 10273 10274 void 10275 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b) 10276 { 10277 /* Silence the breakpoint. */ 10278 b->silent = 1; 10279 } 10280 10281 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */ 10282 10283 static void 10284 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty) 10285 { 10286 char *p = args; 10287 int num; 10288 10289 if (p == 0) 10290 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number")); 10291 10292 num = get_number (&p); 10293 if (num == 0) 10294 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args); 10295 if (*p == 0) 10296 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing.")); 10297 10298 set_ignore_count (num, 10299 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))), 10300 from_tty); 10301 if (from_tty) 10302 printf_filtered ("\n"); 10303 } 10304 10305 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints 10306 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */ 10307 10308 static void 10309 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *, 10310 void *), 10311 void *data) 10312 { 10313 char *p = args; 10314 char *p1; 10315 int num; 10316 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp; 10317 int match; 10318 10319 if (p == 0) 10320 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers")); 10321 10322 while (*p) 10323 { 10324 match = 0; 10325 p1 = p; 10326 10327 num = get_number_or_range (&p1); 10328 if (num == 0) 10329 { 10330 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p); 10331 } 10332 else 10333 { 10334 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp) 10335 if (b->number == num) 10336 { 10337 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint; 10338 match = 1; 10339 function (b, data); 10340 if (related_breakpoint) 10341 function (related_breakpoint, data); 10342 break; 10343 } 10344 if (match == 0) 10345 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num); 10346 } 10347 p = p1; 10348 } 10349 } 10350 10351 static struct bp_location * 10352 find_location_by_number (char *number) 10353 { 10354 char *dot = strchr (number, '.'); 10355 char *p1; 10356 int bp_num; 10357 int loc_num; 10358 struct breakpoint *b; 10359 struct bp_location *loc; 10360 10361 *dot = '\0'; 10362 10363 p1 = number; 10364 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1); 10365 if (bp_num == 0) 10366 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number); 10367 10368 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b) 10369 if (b->number == bp_num) 10370 { 10371 break; 10372 } 10373 10374 if (!b || b->number != bp_num) 10375 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number); 10376 10377 p1 = dot+1; 10378 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1); 10379 if (loc_num == 0) 10380 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number); 10381 10382 --loc_num; 10383 loc = b->loc; 10384 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next) 10385 ; 10386 if (!loc) 10387 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1); 10388 10389 return loc; 10390 } 10391 10392 10393 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT. 10394 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect, 10395 which ends with a period (no newline). */ 10396 10397 void 10398 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) 10399 { 10400 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to 10401 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the 10402 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */ 10403 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope) 10404 return; 10405 10406 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */ 10407 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent) 10408 return; 10409 10410 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled; 10411 10412 update_global_location_list (0); 10413 10414 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number); 10415 } 10416 10417 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls 10418 disable_breakpoint. */ 10419 10420 static void 10421 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 10422 { 10423 disable_breakpoint (b); 10424 } 10425 10426 static void 10427 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty) 10428 { 10429 struct breakpoint *bpt; 10430 10431 if (args == 0) 10432 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 10433 switch (bpt->type) 10434 { 10435 case bp_none: 10436 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), 10437 bpt->number); 10438 continue; 10439 case bp_breakpoint: 10440 case bp_tracepoint: 10441 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 10442 case bp_static_tracepoint: 10443 case bp_catchpoint: 10444 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 10445 case bp_watchpoint: 10446 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10447 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10448 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10449 disable_breakpoint (bpt); 10450 default: 10451 continue; 10452 } 10453 else if (strchr (args, '.')) 10454 { 10455 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args); 10456 if (loc) 10457 loc->enabled = 0; 10458 update_global_location_list (0); 10459 } 10460 else 10461 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL); 10462 } 10463 10464 static void 10465 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition) 10466 { 10467 int target_resources_ok; 10468 10469 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 10470 { 10471 int i; 10472 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count (); 10473 target_resources_ok = 10474 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint, 10475 i + 1, 0); 10476 if (target_resources_ok == 0) 10477 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target.")); 10478 else if (target_resources_ok < 0) 10479 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit.")); 10480 } 10481 10482 if (is_watchpoint (bpt)) 10483 { 10484 struct gdb_exception e; 10485 10486 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL) 10487 { 10488 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */); 10489 } 10490 if (e.reason < 0) 10491 { 10492 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "), 10493 bpt->number); 10494 return; 10495 } 10496 } 10497 10498 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent) 10499 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled; 10500 bpt->disposition = disposition; 10501 update_global_location_list (1); 10502 breakpoints_changed (); 10503 10504 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number); 10505 } 10506 10507 10508 void 10509 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt) 10510 { 10511 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition); 10512 } 10513 10514 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls 10515 enable_breakpoint. */ 10516 10517 static void 10518 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore) 10519 { 10520 enable_breakpoint (b); 10521 } 10522 10523 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined 10524 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective 10525 in stopping the inferior. */ 10526 10527 static void 10528 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty) 10529 { 10530 struct breakpoint *bpt; 10531 10532 if (args == 0) 10533 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt) 10534 switch (bpt->type) 10535 { 10536 case bp_none: 10537 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"), 10538 bpt->number); 10539 continue; 10540 case bp_breakpoint: 10541 case bp_tracepoint: 10542 case bp_fast_tracepoint: 10543 case bp_static_tracepoint: 10544 case bp_catchpoint: 10545 case bp_hardware_breakpoint: 10546 case bp_watchpoint: 10547 case bp_hardware_watchpoint: 10548 case bp_read_watchpoint: 10549 case bp_access_watchpoint: 10550 enable_breakpoint (bpt); 10551 default: 10552 continue; 10553 } 10554 else if (strchr (args, '.')) 10555 { 10556 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args); 10557 if (loc) 10558 loc->enabled = 1; 10559 update_global_location_list (1); 10560 } 10561 else 10562 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL); 10563 } 10564 10565 static void 10566 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore) 10567 { 10568 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable); 10569 } 10570 10571 static void 10572 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty) 10573 { 10574 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint, NULL); 10575 } 10576 10577 static void 10578 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore) 10579 { 10580 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del); 10581 } 10582 10583 static void 10584 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty) 10585 { 10586 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL); 10587 } 10588 10589 static void 10590 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty) 10591 { 10592 } 10593 10594 static void 10595 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty) 10596 { 10597 } 10598 10599 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if 10600 the memory which that value represents has been written to by 10601 GDB itself. */ 10602 10603 static void 10604 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len, 10605 const bfd_byte *data) 10606 { 10607 struct breakpoint *bp; 10608 10609 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp) 10610 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled 10611 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint 10612 && bp->val_valid && bp->val) 10613 { 10614 struct bp_location *loc; 10615 10616 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next) 10617 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint 10618 && loc->address + loc->length > addr 10619 && addr + len > loc->address) 10620 { 10621 value_free (bp->val); 10622 bp->val = NULL; 10623 bp->val_valid = 0; 10624 } 10625 } 10626 } 10627 10628 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */ 10629 10630 struct symtabs_and_lines 10631 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline) 10632 { 10633 struct symtabs_and_lines sals; 10634 10635 if (string == 0) 10636 error (_("Empty line specification.")); 10637 if (default_breakpoint_valid) 10638 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline, 10639 default_breakpoint_symtab, 10640 default_breakpoint_line, 10641 (char ***) NULL, NULL); 10642 else 10643 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline, 10644 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL); 10645 if (*string) 10646 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string); 10647 return sals; 10648 } 10649 10650 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an 10651 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later. 10652 In general, places which call this should be using something on the 10653 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated 10654 someday. */ 10655 10656 void * 10657 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 10658 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc) 10659 { 10660 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt; 10661 10662 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info); 10663 10664 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace; 10665 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc; 10666 10667 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0) 10668 { 10669 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */ 10670 xfree (bp_tgt); 10671 return NULL; 10672 } 10673 10674 return bp_tgt; 10675 } 10676 10677 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */ 10678 10679 int 10680 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp) 10681 { 10682 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp; 10683 int ret; 10684 10685 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt); 10686 xfree (bp_tgt); 10687 10688 return ret; 10689 } 10690 10691 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */ 10692 10693 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2]; 10694 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2]; 10695 10696 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */ 10697 10698 void 10699 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, 10700 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR next_pc) 10701 { 10702 void **bpt_p; 10703 10704 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL) 10705 { 10706 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0]; 10707 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch; 10708 } 10709 else 10710 { 10711 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL); 10712 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1]; 10713 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch; 10714 } 10715 10716 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be 10717 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the 10718 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could 10719 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires 10720 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are 10721 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */ 10722 10723 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc); 10724 if (*bpt_p == NULL) 10725 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"), 10726 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc)); 10727 } 10728 10729 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */ 10730 10731 void 10732 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void) 10733 { 10734 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL); 10735 10736 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated 10737 call. */ 10738 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0], 10739 single_step_breakpoints[0]); 10740 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL; 10741 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL; 10742 10743 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL) 10744 { 10745 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1], 10746 single_step_breakpoints[1]); 10747 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL; 10748 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL; 10749 } 10750 } 10751 10752 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from 10753 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address 10754 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or 10755 exec. */ 10756 10757 void 10758 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void) 10759 { 10760 int i; 10761 10762 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) 10763 if (single_step_breakpoints[i]) 10764 { 10765 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]); 10766 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL; 10767 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL; 10768 } 10769 } 10770 10771 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without 10772 removing them. */ 10773 10774 static void 10775 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void) 10776 { 10777 int i; 10778 10779 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) 10780 if (single_step_breakpoints[i]) 10781 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i], 10782 single_step_breakpoints[i]); 10783 } 10784 10785 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */ 10786 10787 static int 10788 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, 10789 CORE_ADDR pc) 10790 { 10791 int i; 10792 10793 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) 10794 { 10795 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i]; 10796 if (bp_tgt 10797 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space, 10798 bp_tgt->placed_address, 10799 aspace, pc)) 10800 return 1; 10801 } 10802 10803 return 0; 10804 } 10805 10806 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint, 10807 non-zero otherwise. */ 10808 static int 10809 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp) 10810 { 10811 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp) 10812 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled 10813 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled) 10814 return 1; 10815 else 10816 return 0; 10817 } 10818 10819 int 10820 catch_syscall_enabled (void) 10821 { 10822 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior (); 10823 10824 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0; 10825 } 10826 10827 int 10828 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number) 10829 { 10830 struct breakpoint *bp; 10831 10832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp) 10833 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp)) 10834 { 10835 if (bp->syscalls_to_be_caught) 10836 { 10837 int i, iter; 10838 for (i = 0; 10839 VEC_iterate (int, bp->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter); 10840 i++) 10841 if (syscall_number == iter) 10842 return 1; 10843 } 10844 else 10845 return 1; 10846 } 10847 10848 return 0; 10849 } 10850 10851 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */ 10852 static char ** 10853 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, 10854 char *text, char *word) 10855 { 10856 const char **list = get_syscall_names (); 10857 10858 return (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word); 10859 } 10860 10861 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */ 10862 10863 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */ 10864 static void 10865 set_tracepoint_count (int num) 10866 { 10867 tracepoint_count = num; 10868 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num); 10869 } 10870 10871 void 10872 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 10873 { 10874 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 10875 arg, 10876 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, 10877 0 /* tempflag */, 10878 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, 10879 0 /* Ignore count */, 10880 pending_break_support, 10881 NULL, 10882 from_tty, 10883 1 /* enabled */)) 10884 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); 10885 } 10886 10887 void 10888 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 10889 { 10890 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 10891 arg, 10892 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, 10893 0 /* tempflag */, 10894 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, 10895 0 /* Ignore count */, 10896 pending_break_support, 10897 NULL, 10898 from_tty, 10899 1 /* enabled */)) 10900 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); 10901 } 10902 10903 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */ 10904 10905 void 10906 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 10907 { 10908 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 10909 arg, 10910 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */, 10911 0 /* tempflag */, 10912 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */, 10913 0 /* Ignore count */, 10914 pending_break_support, 10915 NULL, 10916 from_tty, 10917 1 /* enabled */)) 10918 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); 10919 } 10920 10921 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked 10922 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */ 10923 10924 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp; 10925 static int next_cmd; 10926 10927 static char * 10928 read_uploaded_action (void) 10929 { 10930 char *rslt; 10931 10932 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt); 10933 10934 next_cmd++; 10935 10936 return rslt; 10937 } 10938 10939 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which 10940 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an 10941 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since 10942 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when 10943 the tracepoint was originally defined. */ 10944 10945 struct breakpoint * 10946 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp) 10947 { 10948 char *addr_str, small_buf[100]; 10949 struct breakpoint *tp; 10950 10951 if (utp->at_string) 10952 addr_str = utp->at_string; 10953 else 10954 { 10955 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw 10956 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address 10957 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the 10958 user. */ 10959 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no source location, using raw address"), 10960 utp->number); 10961 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr)); 10962 addr_str = small_buf; 10963 } 10964 10965 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */ 10966 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string) 10967 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition has no source form, ignoring it"), 10968 utp->number); 10969 10970 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), 10971 addr_str, 10972 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */, 10973 0 /* tempflag */, 10974 utp->type /* type_wanted */, 10975 0 /* Ignore count */, 10976 pending_break_support, 10977 NULL, 10978 0 /* from_tty */, 10979 utp->enabled /* enabled */)) 10980 return NULL; 10981 10982 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count); 10983 10984 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */ 10985 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count); 10986 gdb_assert (tp != NULL); 10987 10988 if (utp->pass > 0) 10989 { 10990 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->number); 10991 10992 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0); 10993 } 10994 10995 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a 10996 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line 10997 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting 10998 function. */ 10999 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings)) 11000 { 11001 struct command_line *cmd_list; 11002 11003 this_utp = utp; 11004 next_cmd = 0; 11005 11006 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL); 11007 11008 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, cmd_list); 11009 } 11010 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions) 11011 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions)) 11012 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions have no source form, ignoring them"), 11013 utp->number); 11014 11015 return tp; 11016 } 11017 11018 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if 11019 omitted. */ 11020 11021 static void 11022 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty) 11023 { 11024 int tpnum = -1, num_printed; 11025 11026 if (tpnum_exp) 11027 tpnum = parse_and_eval_long (tpnum_exp); 11028 11029 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (tpnum, 0, is_tracepoint); 11030 11031 if (num_printed == 0) 11032 { 11033 if (tpnum == -1) 11034 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n"); 11035 else 11036 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum); 11037 } 11038 11039 default_collect_info (); 11040 } 11041 11042 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints. 11043 Not supported by all targets. */ 11044 static void 11045 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty) 11046 { 11047 enable_command (args, from_tty); 11048 } 11049 11050 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints. 11051 Not supported by all targets. */ 11052 static void 11053 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty) 11054 { 11055 disable_command (args, from_tty); 11056 } 11057 11058 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */ 11059 static void 11060 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11061 { 11062 struct breakpoint *b, *temp; 11063 11064 dont_repeat (); 11065 11066 if (arg == 0) 11067 { 11068 int breaks_to_delete = 0; 11069 11070 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. 11071 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these 11072 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */ 11073 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b) 11074 { 11075 if (b->number >= 0) 11076 { 11077 breaks_to_delete = 1; 11078 break; 11079 } 11080 } 11081 11082 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */ 11083 if (!from_tty 11084 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? ")))) 11085 { 11086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp) 11087 { 11088 if (is_tracepoint (b) 11089 && b->number >= 0) 11090 delete_breakpoint (b); 11091 } 11092 } 11093 } 11094 else 11095 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL); 11096 } 11097 11098 /* Set passcount for tracepoint. 11099 11100 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number. 11101 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined. 11102 Also accepts special argument "all". */ 11103 11104 static void 11105 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty) 11106 { 11107 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2; 11108 unsigned int count; 11109 int all = 0; 11110 11111 if (args == 0 || *args == 0) 11112 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)")); 11113 11114 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */ 11115 11116 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args)) 11117 args++; 11118 11119 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0) 11120 { 11121 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */ 11122 all = 1; 11123 if (*args) 11124 error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); 11125 } 11126 else 11127 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1); 11128 11129 do 11130 { 11131 if (t1) 11132 { 11133 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2) 11134 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2) 11135 { 11136 t2->pass_count = count; 11137 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number); 11138 if (from_tty) 11139 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"), 11140 t2->number, count); 11141 } 11142 if (! all && *args) 11143 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0); 11144 } 11145 } 11146 while (*args); 11147 } 11148 11149 struct breakpoint * 11150 get_tracepoint (int num) 11151 { 11152 struct breakpoint *t; 11153 11154 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) 11155 if (t->number == num) 11156 return t; 11157 11158 return NULL; 11159 } 11160 11161 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be 11162 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and 11163 reconnecting). */ 11164 11165 struct breakpoint * 11166 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num) 11167 { 11168 struct breakpoint *t; 11169 11170 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) 11171 if (t->number_on_target == num) 11172 return t; 11173 11174 return NULL; 11175 } 11176 11177 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list. 11178 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG. 11179 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most 11180 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */ 11181 struct breakpoint * 11182 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p) 11183 { 11184 extern int tracepoint_count; 11185 struct breakpoint *t; 11186 int tpnum; 11187 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg; 11188 11189 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg) 11190 { 11191 if (optional_p) 11192 tpnum = tracepoint_count; 11193 else 11194 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number")); 11195 } 11196 else 11197 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg); 11198 11199 if (tpnum <= 0) 11200 { 11201 if (instring && *instring) 11202 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"), 11203 instring); 11204 else 11205 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n")); 11206 return NULL; 11207 } 11208 11209 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t) 11210 if (t->number == tpnum) 11211 { 11212 return t; 11213 } 11214 11215 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give 11216 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't 11217 allow us to discover this. */ 11218 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum); 11219 return NULL; 11220 } 11221 11222 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to 11223 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it 11224 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns 11225 non-zero. */ 11226 11227 static void 11228 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty, 11229 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *)) 11230 { 11231 struct breakpoint *tp; 11232 int any = 0; 11233 char *pathname; 11234 struct cleanup *cleanup; 11235 struct ui_file *fp; 11236 int extra_trace_bits = 0; 11237 11238 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0) 11239 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)")); 11240 11241 /* See if we have anything to save. */ 11242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp) 11243 { 11244 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */ 11245 if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp)) 11246 continue; 11247 11248 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */ 11249 if (filter && !filter (tp)) 11250 continue; 11251 11252 any = 1; 11253 11254 if (is_tracepoint (tp)) 11255 { 11256 extra_trace_bits = 1; 11257 11258 /* We can stop searching. */ 11259 break; 11260 } 11261 } 11262 11263 if (!any) 11264 { 11265 warning (_("Nothing to save.")); 11266 return; 11267 } 11268 11269 pathname = tilde_expand (filename); 11270 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname); 11271 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w"); 11272 if (!fp) 11273 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"), 11274 filename, safe_strerror (errno)); 11275 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp); 11276 11277 if (extra_trace_bits) 11278 save_trace_state_variables (fp); 11279 11280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp) 11281 { 11282 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */ 11283 if (!user_settable_breakpoint (tp)) 11284 continue; 11285 11286 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */ 11287 if (filter && !filter (tp)) 11288 continue; 11289 11290 if (tp->ops != NULL) 11291 (tp->ops->print_recreate) (tp, fp); 11292 else 11293 { 11294 if (tp->type == bp_fast_tracepoint) 11295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace"); 11296 if (tp->type == bp_static_tracepoint) 11297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace"); 11298 else if (tp->type == bp_tracepoint) 11299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace"); 11300 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del) 11301 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak"); 11302 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint) 11303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break"); 11304 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint 11305 && tp->disposition == disp_del) 11306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak"); 11307 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint) 11308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak"); 11309 else if (tp->type == bp_watchpoint) 11310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch"); 11311 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint) 11312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch"); 11313 else if (tp->type == bp_read_watchpoint) 11314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch"); 11315 else if (tp->type == bp_access_watchpoint) 11316 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch"); 11317 else 11318 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, 11319 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type); 11320 11321 if (tp->exp_string) 11322 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->exp_string); 11323 else if (tp->addr_string) 11324 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string); 11325 else 11326 { 11327 char tmp[40]; 11328 11329 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address); 11330 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " *0x%s", tmp); 11331 } 11332 } 11333 11334 if (tp->thread != -1) 11335 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", tp->thread); 11336 11337 if (tp->task != 0) 11338 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", tp->task); 11339 11340 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n"); 11341 11342 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't 11343 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum 11344 instead. */ 11345 11346 if (tp->cond_string) 11347 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string); 11348 11349 if (tp->ignore_count) 11350 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count); 11351 11352 if (tp->pass_count) 11353 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count); 11354 11355 if (tp->commands) 11356 { 11357 volatile struct gdb_exception ex; 11358 11359 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n"); 11360 11361 ui_out_redirect (uiout, fp); 11362 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR) 11363 { 11364 print_command_lines (uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2); 11365 } 11366 ui_out_redirect (uiout, NULL); 11367 11368 if (ex.reason < 0) 11369 throw_exception (ex); 11370 11371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n"); 11372 } 11373 11374 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled) 11375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n"); 11376 11377 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations 11378 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are 11379 special, and not user visible. */ 11380 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next) 11381 { 11382 struct bp_location *loc; 11383 int n = 1; 11384 11385 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++) 11386 if (!loc->enabled) 11387 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n); 11388 } 11389 } 11390 11391 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect) 11392 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect); 11393 11394 do_cleanups (cleanup); 11395 if (from_tty) 11396 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename); 11397 } 11398 11399 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */ 11400 11401 static void 11402 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty) 11403 { 11404 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL); 11405 } 11406 11407 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */ 11408 11409 static void 11410 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty) 11411 { 11412 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint); 11413 } 11414 11415 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */ 11416 11417 VEC(breakpoint_p) * 11418 all_tracepoints () 11419 { 11420 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0; 11421 struct breakpoint *tp; 11422 11423 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp) 11424 { 11425 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp); 11426 } 11427 11428 return tp_vec; 11429 } 11430 11431 11432 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands. 11433 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication. 11434 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */ 11435 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \ 11436 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\ 11437 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\ 11438 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\ 11439 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\ 11440 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\ 11441 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\ 11442 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\ 11443 \n\ 11444 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\ 11445 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\ 11446 \n\ 11447 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\ 11448 conditions are different.\n\ 11449 \n\ 11450 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints." 11451 11452 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */ 11453 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist; 11454 11455 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */ 11456 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist; 11457 11458 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch" 11459 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */ 11460 static void 11461 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring, 11462 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty, 11463 struct cmd_list_element *command), 11464 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, 11465 char *text, char *word), 11466 void *user_data_catch, 11467 void *user_data_tcatch) 11468 { 11469 struct cmd_list_element *command; 11470 11471 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring, 11472 &catch_cmdlist); 11473 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc); 11474 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch); 11475 set_cmd_completer (command, completer); 11476 11477 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring, 11478 &tcatch_cmdlist); 11479 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc); 11480 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch); 11481 set_cmd_completer (command, completer); 11482 } 11483 11484 static void 11485 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf) 11486 { 11487 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0; 11488 inf->any_syscall_count = 0; 11489 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts); 11490 } 11491 11492 static void 11493 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty) 11494 { 11495 printf_unfiltered (_("\ 11496 \"save\" must be followed by the name of a save subcommand.\n")); 11497 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout); 11498 } 11499 11500 void 11501 _initialize_breakpoint (void) 11502 { 11503 struct cmd_list_element *c; 11504 11505 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib); 11506 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts); 11507 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change); 11508 11509 breakpoint_chain = 0; 11510 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful 11511 before a breakpoint is set. */ 11512 breakpoint_count = 0; 11513 11514 tracepoint_count = 0; 11515 11516 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\ 11517 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\ 11518 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'.")); 11519 if (xdb_commands) 11520 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1); 11521 11522 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\ 11523 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\ 11524 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\ 11525 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\ 11526 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\ 11527 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\ 11528 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\ 11529 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print.")); 11530 11531 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\ 11532 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\ 11533 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\ 11534 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.")); 11535 11536 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\ 11537 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\ 11538 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\ 11539 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\ 11540 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\ 11541 \n" 11542 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak"))); 11543 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 11544 11545 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\ 11546 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\ 11547 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\ 11548 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\ 11549 \n" 11550 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak"))); 11551 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 11552 11553 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\ 11554 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\ 11555 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\ 11556 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\ 11557 \n" 11558 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak"))); 11559 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 11560 11561 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ 11562 Enable some breakpoints.\n\ 11563 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ 11564 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\ 11565 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ 11566 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."), 11567 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist); 11568 if (xdb_commands) 11569 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ 11570 Enable some breakpoints.\n\ 11571 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ 11572 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\ 11573 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ 11574 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily.")); 11575 11576 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1); 11577 11578 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\ 11579 Enable some breakpoints.\n\ 11580 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\ 11581 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\ 11582 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"), 11583 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist); 11584 11585 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\ 11586 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 11587 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."), 11588 &enablebreaklist); 11589 11590 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\ 11591 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 11592 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."), 11593 &enablebreaklist); 11594 11595 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\ 11596 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 11597 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."), 11598 &enablelist); 11599 11600 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\ 11601 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\ 11602 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."), 11603 &enablelist); 11604 11605 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\ 11606 Disable some breakpoints.\n\ 11607 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 11608 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 11609 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."), 11610 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist); 11611 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1); 11612 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1); 11613 if (xdb_commands) 11614 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\ 11615 Disable some breakpoints.\n\ 11616 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 11617 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 11618 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.")); 11619 11620 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\ 11621 Disable some breakpoints.\n\ 11622 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 11623 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 11624 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\ 11625 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."), 11626 &disablelist); 11627 11628 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\ 11629 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\ 11630 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 11631 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 11632 \n\ 11633 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\ 11634 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."), 11635 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist); 11636 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1); 11637 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1); 11638 if (xdb_commands) 11639 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\ 11640 Delete some breakpoints.\n\ 11641 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 11642 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n")); 11643 11644 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\ 11645 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\ 11646 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\ 11647 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\ 11648 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."), 11649 &deletelist); 11650 11651 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\ 11652 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\ 11653 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\ 11654 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\ 11655 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\ 11656 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\ 11657 \n\ 11658 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\ 11659 is executing in.\n\ 11660 \n\ 11661 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number.")); 11662 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1); 11663 11664 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\ 11665 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n" 11666 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break"))); 11667 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 11668 11669 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1); 11670 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1); 11671 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1); 11672 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1); 11673 11674 if (xdb_commands) 11675 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1); 11676 11677 if (dbx_commands) 11678 { 11679 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\ 11680 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."), 11681 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist); 11682 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command, 11683 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist); 11684 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command, 11685 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist); 11686 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\ 11687 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ 11688 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 11689 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 11690 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 11691 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 11692 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 11693 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 11694 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 11695 \n\ 11696 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 11697 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 11698 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 11699 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 11700 breakpoint set.")); 11701 } 11702 11703 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\ 11704 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ 11705 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 11706 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 11707 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 11708 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 11709 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 11710 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 11711 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 11712 \n\ 11713 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 11714 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 11715 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 11716 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 11717 breakpoint set.")); 11718 11719 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1); 11720 11721 if (xdb_commands) 11722 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\ 11723 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ 11724 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 11725 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 11726 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 11727 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 11728 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 11729 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 11730 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 11731 \n\ 11732 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 11733 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 11734 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 11735 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 11736 breakpoint set.")); 11737 11738 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\ 11739 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\ 11740 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\ 11741 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\ 11742 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\ 11743 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\ 11744 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\ 11745 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\ 11746 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\ 11747 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\ 11748 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\ 11749 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\ 11750 address and file/line number respectively.\n\ 11751 \n\ 11752 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\ 11753 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\ 11754 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\ 11755 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\ 11756 breakpoint set."), 11757 &maintenanceinfolist); 11758 11759 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\ 11760 Set catchpoints to catch events."), 11761 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ", 11762 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); 11763 11764 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\ 11765 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."), 11766 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ", 11767 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); 11768 11769 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */ 11770 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\ 11771 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\ 11772 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), 11773 catch_catch_command, 11774 NULL, 11775 CATCH_PERMANENT, 11776 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 11777 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\ 11778 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\ 11779 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), 11780 catch_throw_command, 11781 NULL, 11782 CATCH_PERMANENT, 11783 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 11784 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."), 11785 catch_fork_command_1, 11786 NULL, 11787 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent, 11788 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary); 11789 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."), 11790 catch_fork_command_1, 11791 NULL, 11792 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent, 11793 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary); 11794 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."), 11795 catch_exec_command_1, 11796 NULL, 11797 CATCH_PERMANENT, 11798 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 11799 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\ 11800 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\ 11801 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\ 11802 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\ 11803 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\ 11804 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."), 11805 catch_syscall_command_1, 11806 catch_syscall_completer, 11807 CATCH_PERMANENT, 11808 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 11809 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\ 11810 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\ 11811 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), 11812 catch_ada_exception_command, 11813 NULL, 11814 CATCH_PERMANENT, 11815 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 11816 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\ 11817 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\ 11818 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."), 11819 catch_assert_command, 11820 NULL, 11821 CATCH_PERMANENT, 11822 CATCH_TEMPORARY); 11823 11824 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\ 11825 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\ 11826 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ 11827 an expression changes.")); 11828 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); 11829 11830 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\ 11831 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\ 11832 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ 11833 an expression is read.")); 11834 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); 11835 11836 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\ 11837 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\ 11838 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\ 11839 an expression is either read or written.")); 11840 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer); 11841 11842 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\ 11843 Status of watchpoints, or watchpoint number NUMBER.")); 11844 11845 11846 11847 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should 11848 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */ 11849 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support, 11850 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\ 11851 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\ 11852 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\ 11853 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\ 11854 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\ 11855 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\ 11856 hardware.)"), 11857 NULL, 11858 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints, 11859 &setlist, &showlist); 11860 11861 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1; 11862 11863 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */ 11864 11865 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\ 11866 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\ 11867 \n" 11868 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\ 11869 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); 11870 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 11871 11872 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0); 11873 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1); 11874 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1); 11875 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1); 11876 11877 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\ 11878 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\ 11879 \n" 11880 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\ 11881 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); 11882 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 11883 11884 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\ 11885 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\ 11886 \n\ 11887 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\ 11888 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\ 11889 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\ 11890 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\ 11891 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\ 11892 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\ 11893 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\ 11894 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\ 11895 the selected stack frame.\n\ 11896 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\ 11897 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\ 11898 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\ 11899 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\ 11900 \n\ 11901 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\ 11902 \n\ 11903 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\ 11904 conditions are different.\n\ 11905 \n\ 11906 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\ 11907 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands.")); 11908 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer); 11909 11910 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\ 11911 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\ 11912 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\ 11913 last tracepoint set.")); 11914 11915 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1); 11916 11917 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\ 11918 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\ 11919 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ 11920 No argument means delete all tracepoints."), 11921 &deletelist); 11922 11923 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\ 11924 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\ 11925 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ 11926 No argument means disable all tracepoints."), 11927 &disablelist); 11928 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable"); 11929 11930 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\ 11931 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\ 11932 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\ 11933 No argument means enable all tracepoints."), 11934 &enablelist); 11935 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable"); 11936 11937 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\ 11938 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\ 11939 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\ 11940 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\ 11941 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined.")); 11942 11943 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command, 11944 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."), 11945 &save_cmdlist, "save ", 11946 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist); 11947 11948 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\ 11949 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\ 11950 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\ 11951 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\ 11952 session to restore them."), 11953 &save_cmdlist); 11954 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer); 11955 11956 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\ 11957 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\ 11958 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."), 11959 &save_cmdlist); 11960 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer); 11961 11962 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0); 11963 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints"); 11964 11965 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\ 11966 Breakpoint specific settings\n\ 11967 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\ 11968 pending breakpoint behavior"), 11969 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ", 11970 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist); 11971 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\ 11972 Breakpoint specific settings\n\ 11973 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\ 11974 pending breakpoint behavior"), 11975 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ", 11976 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist); 11977 11978 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class, 11979 &pending_break_support, _("\ 11980 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\ 11981 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\ 11982 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\ 11983 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\ 11984 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\ 11985 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."), 11986 NULL, 11987 show_pending_break_support, 11988 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, 11989 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); 11990 11991 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO; 11992 11993 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class, 11994 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\ 11995 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\ 11996 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\ 11997 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\ 11998 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\ 11999 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."), 12000 NULL, 12001 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints, 12002 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, 12003 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); 12004 12005 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support, 12006 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\ 12007 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\ 12008 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\ 12009 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\ 12010 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\ 12011 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\ 12012 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\ 12013 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\ 12014 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\ 12015 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\ 12016 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."), 12017 NULL, 12018 &show_always_inserted_mode, 12019 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, 12020 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist); 12021 12022 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1; 12023 12024 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed); 12025 } 12026